WO2013110242A1 - Methods for degrading or converting cellulosic material - Google Patents

Methods for degrading or converting cellulosic material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013110242A1
WO2013110242A1 PCT/CN2013/071033 CN2013071033W WO2013110242A1 WO 2013110242 A1 WO2013110242 A1 WO 2013110242A1 CN 2013071033 W CN2013071033 W CN 2013071033W WO 2013110242 A1 WO2013110242 A1 WO 2013110242A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seq
polypeptide
nucleotides
sulfur
amino acids
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/071033
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Hongzhi Huang
Yun Wang
Wei Li
Feng Xu
Ani Tejirian
Original Assignee
Novozymes A/S
Novozymes, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Novozymes A/S, Novozymes, Inc. filed Critical Novozymes A/S
Priority to BR112014016960A priority Critical patent/BR112014016960A2/en
Priority to CN201380016122.3A priority patent/CN104204213A/en
Priority to EP13741058.5A priority patent/EP2807265A4/en
Priority to US14/374,479 priority patent/US20150010958A1/en
Publication of WO2013110242A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013110242A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12PFERMENTATION OR ENZYME-USING PROCESSES TO SYNTHESISE A DESIRED CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR COMPOSITION OR TO SEPARATE OPTICAL ISOMERS FROM A RACEMIC MIXTURE
    • C12P19/00Preparation of compounds containing saccharide radicals
    • C12P19/02Monosaccharides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12PFERMENTATION OR ENZYME-USING PROCESSES TO SYNTHESISE A DESIRED CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR COMPOSITION OR TO SEPARATE OPTICAL ISOMERS FROM A RACEMIC MIXTURE
    • C12P19/00Preparation of compounds containing saccharide radicals
    • C12P19/14Preparation of compounds containing saccharide radicals produced by the action of a carbohydrase (EC 3.2.x), e.g. by alpha-amylase, e.g. by cellulase, hemicellulase
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12PFERMENTATION OR ENZYME-USING PROCESSES TO SYNTHESISE A DESIRED CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR COMPOSITION OR TO SEPARATE OPTICAL ISOMERS FROM A RACEMIC MIXTURE
    • C12P2203/00Fermentation products obtained from optionally pretreated or hydrolyzed cellulosic or lignocellulosic material as the carbon source
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12YENZYMES
    • C12Y110/00Oxidoreductases acting on diphenols and related substances as donors (1.10)
    • C12Y110/03Oxidoreductases acting on diphenols and related substances as donors (1.10) with an oxygen as acceptor (1.10.3)
    • C12Y110/03002Laccase (1.10.3.2)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12YENZYMES
    • C12Y111/00Oxidoreductases acting on a peroxide as acceptor (1.11)
    • C12Y111/01Peroxidases (1.11.1)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12YENZYMES
    • C12Y301/00Hydrolases acting on ester bonds (3.1)
    • C12Y301/01Carboxylic ester hydrolases (3.1.1)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12YENZYMES
    • C12Y302/00Hydrolases acting on glycosyl compounds, i.e. glycosylases (3.2)
    • C12Y302/01Glycosidases, i.e. enzymes hydrolysing O- and S-glycosyl compounds (3.2.1)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12YENZYMES
    • C12Y304/00Hydrolases acting on peptide bonds, i.e. peptidases (3.4)

Definitions

  • Cellulosic material provides an attractive platform for generating alternative energy sources to fossil fuels.
  • the conversion of cellulosic material (e.g. , from lignocellulosic feedstock) into Biofuels has the advantages of the ready availability of large amounts of feedstock, the desirability of avoiding burning or land filling the materials, and the cleanliness of the Biofuels (such as ethanol). Wood, agricultural residues, herbaceous crops, and municipal solid wastes have been considered as feedstocks for Biofuel production.
  • fermentable sugars e.g., glucose
  • the fermentable sugars are may be fermented by yeast into Biofuel, such as ethanol.
  • lignocellulose a cellulosic material from plant cell walls containing lignin, cellulose, and hemicellulose in a mixed matrix
  • chemical and physical pretreatment of lignocellulose to disrupt plant cell wall components and permit improved access of cellulosic enzymes is a common method of increasing saccharification yields.
  • the harsh conditions of pretreatment may also generate functional groups within the lignocellulosic structure that result in undesireable interactions between cellulose and cellulosic enzymes, rendering the degradation or conversion of lignocellulose suboptimal.
  • Soudham et a/. , 201 1 , Journal of Biotechnology 155: 244-250 concerns improving enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulosic substrates in the presence of pretreated liquid using reducing agents.
  • the present invention provides improved methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material.
  • the present invention relates to methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, comprising treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • the present invention also relates to methods for producing a fermentation product, comprising:
  • step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • the present invention further relates to methods of fermenting a cellulosic material, comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • Acetylxylan esterase means a carboxylesterase (EC
  • acetylxylan esterase activity is determined using 0.5 mM p-nitrophenylacetate as substrate in 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0 containing 0.01 % TWEENTM 20 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate).
  • One unit of acetylxylan esterase is defined as the amount of enzyme capable of releasing 1 ⁇ of p-nitrophenolate anion per minute at pH 5, 25°C.
  • Alpha-L-arabinofuranosidase means an alpha-L-arabinofuranoside arabinofuranohydrolase (EC 3.2.1.55) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of terminal non-reducing alpha-L-arabinofuranoside residues in alpha-L-arabinosides.
  • the enzyme acts on alpha-L-arabinofuranosides, alpha-L-arabinans containing (1 ,3)- and/or (1 ,5)- linkages, arabinoxylans, and arabinogalactans.
  • Alpha-L-arabinofuranosidase is also known as arabinosidase, alpha-arabinosidase, alpha-L-arabinosidase, alpha-arabinofuranosidase, polysaccharide alpha-L-arabinofuranosidase, alpha-L-arabinofuranoside hydrolase, L- arabinosidase, or alpha-L-arabinanase.
  • alpha-L- arabinofuranosidase activity is determined using 5 mg of medium viscosity wheat arabinoxylan (Megazyme International Ireland, Ltd., Bray, Co.
  • Alpha-glucuronidase means an alpha-D- glucosiduronate glucuronohydrolase (EC 3.2.1.139) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of an alpha-D- glucuronoside to D-glucuronate and an alcohol.
  • alpha- glucuronidase activity is determined according to de Vries, 1998, J. Bacteriol. 180: 243-249.
  • One unit of alpha-glucuronidase equals the amount of enzyme capable of releasing 1 ⁇ of glucuronic or 4-O-methylglucuronic acid per minute at pH 5, 40°C.
  • Beta-glucosidase means a beta-D-glucoside glucohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.21 ) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of terminal non-reducing beta-D- glucose residues with the release of beta-D-glucose.
  • beta-glucosidase activity is determined using p-nitrophenyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside as substrate according to the procedure of Venturi et a/., 2002, Extracellular beta-D-glucosidase from Chaetomium thermophilum var. coprophilum: production, purification and some biochemical properties, J. Basic Microbiol.
  • beta-glucosidase is defined as 1.0 ⁇ of p-nitrophenolate anion produced per minute at 25°C, pH 4.8 from 1 mM p- nitrophenyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside as substrate in 50 mM sodium citrate containing 0.01 % TWEEN® 20.
  • Beta-xylosidase means a beta-D-xyloside xylohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.37) that catalyzes the exo-hydrolysis of short beta (1 ⁇ 4)-xylooligosaccharides to remove successive D-xylose residues from non-reducing termini.
  • one unit of beta-xylosidase is defined as 1.0 ⁇ of p-nitrophenolate anion produced per minute at 40°C, pH 5 from 1 mM p-nitrophenyl-beta-D-xyloside as substrate in 100 mM sodium citrate containing 0.01 % TWEEN® 20.
  • cDNA means a DNA molecule that can be prepared by reverse transcription from a mature, spliced, mRNA molecule obtained from a eukaryotic or prokaryotic cell. cDNA lacks intron sequences that may be present in the corresponding genomic DNA.
  • the initial, primary RNA transcript is a precursor to mRNA that is processed through a series of steps, including splicing, before appearing as mature spliced mRNA.
  • Cellobiohydrolase means a 1 ,4-beta-D-glucan cellobiohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.91 and E.C. 3.2.1.176) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of 1 ,4-beta-D- glucosidic linkages in cellulose, cellooligosaccharides, or any beta-1 ,4-linked glucose containing polymer, releasing cellobiose from the reducing end (cellobiohydrolase I) or non-reducing end (cellobiohydrolase II) of the chain (Teeri, 1997, Crystalline cellulose degradation: New insight into the function of cellobiohydrolases, Trends in Biotechnology 15: 160-167; Teeri et al., 1998, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolases: why so efficient on crystalline cellulose?, Biochem.
  • E.C. 3.2.1.91 and E.C. 3.2.1.176 catalyzes the hydrolysis of 1 ,4
  • Cellulolytic enzyme or cellulase means one or more (e.g. , several) enzymes that hydrolyze a cellulosic material. Such enzymes include endoglucanase(s), cellobiohydrolase(s), beta-glucosidase(s), or combinations thereof.
  • the two basic approaches for measuring cellulolytic activity include: (1 ) measuring the total cellulolytic activity, and (2) measuring the individual cellulolytic activities (endoglucanases, cellobiohydrolases, and beta-glucosidases) as reviewed in Zhang et al., Outlook for cellulase improvement: Screening and selection strategies, 2006, Biotechnology Advances 24: 452-481.
  • Total cellulolytic activity is usually measured using insoluble substrates, including Whatman N°1 filter paper, microcrystalline cellulose, bacterial cellulose, algal cellulose, cotton, pretreated lignocellulose, etc.
  • the most common total cellulolytic activity assay is the filter paper assay using Whatman N°1 filter paper as the substrate. The assay was established by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (lUPAC) (Ghose, 1987, Measurement of cellulase activities, Pure Appl. Chem. 59: 257-68).
  • cellulolytic enzyme activity is determined by measuring the increase in hydrolysis of a cellulosic material by cellulolytic enzyme(s) under the following conditions: 1-50 mg of cellulolytic enzyme protein/g of cellulose in PCS (or other pretreated cellulosic material) for 3-7 days at a suitable temperature, e.g., 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C, compared to a control hydrolysis without addition of cellulolytic enzyme protein.
  • Typical conditions are 1 ml reactions, washed or unwashed PCS, 5% insoluble solids, 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5, 1 mM MnS0 4 , 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C, 72 hours, sugar analysis by AMINEX® HPX- 87H column (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., Hercules, CA, USA).
  • Cellulosic material means any material containing cellulose.
  • the predominant polysaccharide in the primary cell wall of biomass is cellulose, the second most abundant is hemicellulose, and the third is pectin.
  • the secondary cell wall, produced after the cell has stopped growing, also contains polysaccharides and is strengthened by polymeric lignin covalently cross-linked to hemicellulose.
  • Cellulose is a homopolymer of anhydrocellobiose and thus a linear beta-(1-4)-D-glucan, while hemicelluloses include a variety of compounds, such as xylans, xyloglucans, arabinoxylans, and mannans in complex branched structures with a spectrum of substituents.
  • cellulose is found in plant tissue primarily as an insoluble crystalline matrix of parallel glucan chains. Hemicelluloses usually hydrogen bond to cellulose, as well as to other hemicelluloses, which help stabilize the cell wall matrix.
  • Cellulose is generally found, for example, in the stems, leaves, hulls, husks, and cobs of plants or leaves, branches, and wood of trees.
  • the cellulosic material can be, but is not limited to, agricultural residue, herbaceous material (including energy crops), municipal solid waste, pulp and paper mill residue, waste paper, and wood (including forestry residue) (see, for example, Wiselogel et a/., 1995, in Handbook on Bioethanol (Charles E.
  • the cellulose may be in the form of lignocellulose, a plant cell wall material containing lignin, cellulose, and hemicellulose in a mixed matrix.
  • the cellulosic material is any biomass material.
  • the cellulosic material is lignocellulose, which comprises cellulose, hemicelluloses, and lignin.
  • the cellulosic material is agricultural residue. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is herbaceous material (including energy crops). In another aspect, the cellulosic material is municipal solid waste. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is pulp and paper mill residue. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is waste paper. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is wood (including forestry residue).
  • the cellulosic material is arundo. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is bagasse. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is bamboo. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is corn cob. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is corn fiber. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is corn stover. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is miscanthus. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is orange peel. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is rice straw. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is switchgrass. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is wheat straw.
  • the cellulosic material is aspen. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is eucalyptus. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is fir. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is pine. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is poplar. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is spruce. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is willow.
  • the cellulosic material is algal cellulose. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is bacterial cellulose. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is cotton linter. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is filter paper. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is microcrystalline cellulose. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is phosphoric-acid treated cellulose.
  • the cellulosic material is an aquatic biomass.
  • the term is an aquatic biomass.
  • aquatic biomass means biomass produced in an aquatic environment by a photosynthesis process.
  • the aquatic biomass can be algae, emergent plants, floating-leaf plants, or submerged plants.
  • the cellulosic material may be used as is or may be subjected to pretreatment, using conventional methods known in the art, as described herein. In a preferred aspect, the cellulosic material is pretreated.
  • control sequences means nucleic acid sequences necessary for expression of a polynucleotide encoding a mature polypeptide.
  • Each control sequence may be native (i.e., from the same gene) or foreign (i.e. , from a different gene) to the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide or native or foreign to each other.
  • control sequences include, but are not limited to, a leader, polyadenylation sequence, propeptide sequence, promoter, signal peptide sequence, and transcription terminator.
  • the control sequences include a promoter, and transcriptional and translational stop signals.
  • the control sequences may be provided with linkers for the purpose of introducing specific restriction sites facilitating ligation of the control sequences with the coding region of the polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide.
  • Endoglucanase means an endo-1 ,4-(1 ,3;1 ,4)-beta-D- glucan 4-glucanohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.4) that catalyzes endohydrolysis of 1 ,4-beta-D-glycosidic linkages in cellulose, cellulose derivatives (such as carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxyethyl cellulose), lichenin, beta-1 ,4 bonds in mixed beta-1 ,3 glucans such as cereal beta-D-glucans or xyloglucans, and other plant material containing cellulosic components.
  • endoglucanase means an endo-1 ,4-(1 ,3;1 ,4)-beta-D- glucan 4-glucanohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.4) that catalyzes endohydrolysis of 1 ,4-beta-D-glycosidic linkages in cellulose, cellulose
  • Endoglucanase activity can be determined by measuring reduction in substrate viscosity or increase in reducing ends determined by a reducing sugar assay (Zhang et a/., 2006, Biotechnology Advances 24: 452- 481).
  • endoglucanase activity is determined using carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) as substrate according to the procedure of Ghose, 1987, Pure and Appl. Chem. 59: 257-268, at pH 5, 40°C.
  • Expression includes any step involved in the production of a polypeptide including, but not limited to, transcription, post-transcriptional modification, translation, post-translational modification, and secretion.
  • Expression vector means a linear or circular DNA molecule that comprises a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide and is operably linked to control sequences that provide for its expression.
  • Family 61 glycoside hydrolase The term “Family 61 glycoside hydrolase” or “Family GH61 “ or “GH61” means a polypeptide falling into the glycoside hydrolase Family 61 according to Henrissat B., 1991 , A classification of glycosyl hydrolases based on amino-acid sequence similarities, Biochem. J. 280: 309-316, and Henrissat B., and Bairoch A., 1996, Updating the sequence-based classification of glycosyl hydrolases, Biochem. J. 316: 695-696. The enzymes in this family were originally classified as a glycoside hydrolase family based on measurement of very weak endo-1 ,4-beta-D-glucanase activity in one family member.
  • Feruloyl esterase means a 4-hydroxy-3- methoxycinnamoyl-sugar hydrolase (EC 3.1.1.73) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of 4-hydroxy-3- methoxycinnamoyl (feruloyl) groups from esterified sugar, which is usually arabinose in "natural” substrates, to produce ferulate (4-hydroxy-3-methoxycinnamate).
  • Feruloyl esterase is also known as ferulic acid esterase, hydroxycinnamoyl esterase, FAE-III, cinnamoyl ester hydrolase, FAEA, cinnAE, FAE-I, or FAE-II.
  • feruloyl esterase activity is determined using 0.5 mM p-nitrophenylferulate as substrate in 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0.
  • One unit of feruloyl esterase equals the amount of enzyme capable of releasing 1 ⁇ of p- nitrophenolate anion per minute at pH 5, 25°C.
  • fragment means a polypeptide having one or more (e.g. , several) amino acids absent from the amino and/or carboxyl terminus of a mature polypeptide; wherein the fragment has biological activity, e.g. , enzyme activity.
  • Hemicellulolytic enzyme or hemicellulase means one or more (e.g. , several) enzymes that hydrolyze a hemicellulosic material. See, for example, Shallom, D. and Shoham, Y. Microbial hemicellulases. Current Opinion In Microbiology, 2003, 6(3): 219-228). Hemicellulases are key components in the degradation of plant biomass.
  • hemicellulases include, but are not limited to, an acetylmannan esterase, an acetylxylan esterase, an arabinanase, an arabinofuranosidase, a coumaric acid esterase, a feruloyl esterase, a galactosidase, a glucuronidase, a glucuronoyl esterase, a mannanase, a mannosidase, a xylanase, and a xylosidase.
  • the substrates of these enzymes are a heterogeneous group of branched and linear polysaccharides that are bound via hydrogen bonds to the cellulose microfibrils in the plant cell wall, crosslinking them into a robust network. Hemicelluloses are also covalently attached to lignin, forming together with cellulose a highly complex structure. The variable structure and organization of hemicelluloses require the concerted action of many enzymes for its complete degradation.
  • the catalytic modules of hemicellulases are either glycoside hydrolases (GHs) that hydrolyze glycosidic bonds, or carbohydrate esterases (CEs), which hydrolyze ester linkages of acetate or ferulic acid side groups.
  • GHs glycoside hydrolases
  • CEs carbohydrate esterases
  • catalytic modules based on homology of their primary sequence, can be assigned into GH and CE families. Some families, with an overall similar fold, can be further grouped into clans, marked alphabetically (e.g. , GH-A).
  • GH-A GH-Active Enzymes
  • CAZy Carbohydrate-Active Enzymes
  • Hemicellulolytic enzyme activities can be measured according to Ghose and Bisaria, 1987, Pure & Appl. Chem. 59: 1739-1752, at a suitable temperature, e.g., 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C, and pH, e.g., 5.0 or 5.5.
  • High stringency conditions means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 50% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 65°C.
  • host cell means any cell type that is susceptible to transformation, transfection, transduction, or the like with a nucleic acid construct or expression vector comprising a polynucleotide.
  • host cell encompasses any progeny of a parent cell that is not identical to the parent cell due to mutations that occur during replication.
  • Isolated means a substance in a form or environment that does not occur in nature.
  • isolated substances include (1 ) any non-naturally occurring substance, (2) any substance including, but not limited to, any enzyme, variant, nucleic acid, protein, peptide or cofactor, that is at least partially removed from one or more or all of the naturally occurring constituents with which it is associated in nature; (3) any substance modified by the hand of man relative to that substance found in nature; or (4) any substance modified by increasing the amount of the substance relative to other components with which it is naturally associated (e.g.
  • Low stringency conditions means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 25% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 50°C.
  • Mature polypeptide means a polypeptide in its final form following translation and any post-translational modifications, such as N-terminal processing, C-terminal truncation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, etc. It is known in the art that a host cell may produce a mixture of two of more different mature polypeptides (i.e., with a different C-terminal and/or N-terminal amino acid) expressed by the same polynucleotide. The mature polypeptide can be predicted using the SignalP program (Nielsen et a/., 1997, Protein Engineering 10: 1-6).
  • one host cell expressing a polynucleotide may produce a different mature polypeptide (e.g. , having a different C-terminal and/or N-terminal amino acid) as compared to another host cell expressing the same polynucleotide.
  • Mature polypeptide coding sequence is defined herein as a nucleotide sequence that encodes a mature polypeptide having biological activity, e.g., enzyme activity.
  • the mature polypeptide coding sequence can be predicted using the SignalP program (Nielsen et a/. , 1997, supra). It is known in the art that a host cell may produce a mixture of two of more different mature polypeptides (i.e., with a different C-terminal and/or N-terminal amino acid) expressed by the same polynucleotide.
  • one host cell expressing a polynucleotide may produce a different mature polypeptide (e.g., having a different C-terminal and/or N-terminal amino acid) as compared to another host cell expressing the same polynucleotide.
  • Medium stringency conditions means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 35% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 55°C.
  • Medium-high stringency conditions means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 35% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 60°C.
  • nucleic acid construct means a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, which is isolated from a naturally occurring gene or is modified to contain segments of nucleic acids in a manner that would not otherwise exist in nature or which is synthetic, which comprises one or more control sequences.
  • operably linked means a configuration in which a control sequence is placed at an appropriate position relative to the coding sequence of a polynucleotide such that the control sequence directs expression of the coding sequence.
  • Polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity means a GH61 polypeptide that catalyzes the enhancement of the hydrolysis of a cellulosic material by enzyme having cellulolytic activity.
  • cellulolytic enhancing activity is determined by measuring the increase in reducing sugars or the increase of the total of cellobiose and glucose from the hydrolysis of a cellulosic material by cellulolytic enzyme under the following conditions: 1 -50 mg of total protein/g of cellulose in pretreated corn stover (PCS),, wherein total protein is comprised of 50- 99.5% w/w cellulolytic enzyme protein and 0.5-50% w/w protein of a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity for 1-7 days at a suitable temperature, e.g., 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C, and a suitable pH such 4-9, e.g.
  • a suitable temperature e.g., 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C
  • a suitable pH such 4-9
  • a mixture of CELLUCLAST® 1.5L (Novozymes A/S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark) in the presence of 2-3% of total protein weight Aspergillus oryzae beta- glucosidase (recombinantly produced in Aspergillus oryzae according to WO 02/095014) or 2- 3% of total protein weight Aspergillus fumigatus beta-glucosidase (recombinantly produced in Aspergillus oryzae as described in WO 2002/095014) of cellulase protein loading is used as the source of the cellulolytic activity.
  • the GH61 polypeptides having cellulolytic enhancing activity enhance the hydrolysis of a cellulosic material catalyzed by enzyme having cellulolytic activity by reducing the amount of cellulolytic enzyme required to reach the same degree of hydrolysis preferably at least 1.01 -fold, e.g. , at least 1.05-fold, at least 1.10-fold, at least 1 .25-fold, at least 1 .5-fold, at least 2-fold, at least 3-fold, at least 4-fold, at least 5-fold, at least 10-fold, or at least 20-fold.
  • Pretreated corn stover The term "PCS” or "Pretreated Corn Stover” means a cellulosic material derived from corn stover by treatment with heat and dilute sulfuric acid, alkaline pretreatment, or neutral pretreatment. Sequence identity: The relatedness between two amino acid sequences or between two nucleotide sequences is described by the parameter "sequence identity”.
  • the sequence identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443-453) as implemented in the Needle program of the EMBOSS package (EMBOSS: The European Molecular Biology Open Software Suite, Rice et al. , 2000, Trends Genet 16: 276-277), preferably version 3.0.0, 5.0.0 or later.
  • the parameters used are gap open penalty of 10, gap extension penalty of 0.5, and the EBLOSUM62 (EMBOSS version of BLOSUM62) substitution matrix.
  • the output of Needle labeled "longest identity" (obtained using the -nobrief option) is used as the percent identity and is calculated as follows:
  • the sequence identity between two deoxyribonucleotide sequences is determined using the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, supra) as implemented in the Needle program of the EMBOSS package (EMBOSS: The European Molecular Biology Open Software Suite, Rice et al. , 2000, supra), preferably version 3.0.0, 5.0.0 or later.
  • the parameters used are gap open penalty of 10, gap extension penalty of 0.5, and the EDNAFULL (EMBOSS version of NCBI NUC4.4) substitution matrix.
  • the output of Needle labeled "longest identity" (obtained using the -nobrief option) is used as the percent identity and is calculated as follows:
  • Subsequence means a polynucleotide having one or more (e.g., several) nucleotides absent from the 5' and/or 3' end of a mature polypeptide coding sequence; wherein the subsequence encodes a fragment having biological activity, e.g., enzyme activity.
  • variant means a polypeptide having enzyme activity comprising an alteration, i.e. , a substitution, insertion, and/or deletion, at one or more (e.g. , several) positions.
  • a substitution means replacement of the amino acid occupying a position with a different amino acid;
  • a deletion means removal of the amino acid occupying a position; and
  • an insertion means adding an amino acid adjacent to and immediately following the amino acid occupying a position.
  • Very high stringency conditions means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 50% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 70°C.
  • Very low stringency conditions means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 25% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 45°C.
  • xylan-containing material means any material comprising a plant cell wall polysaccharide containing a backbone of beta-(1-4)-linked xylose residues.
  • Xylans of terrestrial plants are heteropolymers possessing a beta-(1-4)-D- xylopyranose backbone, which is branched by short carbohydrate chains. They comprise D- glucuronic acid or its 4-O-methyl ether, L-arabinose, and/or various oligosaccharides, composed of D-xylose, L-arabinose, D- or L-galactose, and D-glucose.
  • Xylan-type polysaccharides can be divided into homoxylans and heteroxylans, which include glucuronoxylans, (arabino)glucuronoxylans, (glucurono)arabinoxylans, arabinoxylans, and complex heteroxylans. See, for example, Ebringerova et al. , 2005, Adv. Polym. Sci. 186: 1-67.
  • any material containing xylan may be used.
  • the xylan-containing material is lignocellulose.
  • xylan degrading activity or xylanolytic activity means a biological activity that hydrolyzes xylan-containing material.
  • the two basic approaches for measuring xylanolytic activity include: (1 ) measuring the total xylanolytic activity, and (2) measuring the individual xylanolytic activities (e.g., endoxylanases, beta-xylosidases, arabinofuranosidases, alpha-glucuronidases, acetylxylan esterases, feruloyl esterases, and alpha-glucuronyl esterases).
  • Total xylan degrading activity can be measured by determining the reducing sugars formed from various types of xylan, including, for example, oat spelt, beechwood, and larchwood xylans, or by photometric determination of dyed xylan fragments released from various covalently dyed xylans.
  • the most common total xylanolytic activity assay is based on production of reducing sugars from polymeric 4-O-methyl glucuronoxylan as described in Bailey, Biely, Poutanen, 1992, Interlaboratory testing of methods for assay of xylanase activity, Journal of Biotechnology 23(3): 257-270.
  • Xylanase activity can also be determined with 0.2% AZCL- arabinoxylan as substrate in 0.01 % TRITON® X-100 (4-(1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenyl- polyethylene glycol) and 200 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6 at 37°C.
  • TRITON® X-100 (4-(1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenyl- polyethylene glycol)
  • 200 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6 at 37°C One unit of xylanase activity is defined as 1.0 ⁇ of azurine produced per minute at 37°C, pH 6 from 0.2% AZCL- arabinoxylan as substrate in 200 mM sodium phosphate pH 6 buffer.
  • xylan degrading activity is determined by measuring the increase in hydrolysis of birchwood xylan (Sigma Chemical Co., Inc., St. Louis, MO, USA) by xylan-degrading enzyme(s) under the following typical conditions: 1 ml reactions, 5 mg/ml substrate (total solids), 5 mg of xylanolytic protein/g of substrate, 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5, 50°C, 24 hours, sugar analysis using p-hydroxybenzoic acid hydrazide (PHBAH) assay as described by Lever, 1972, A new reaction for colorimetric determination of carbohydrates, Anal. Biochem 47: 273-279.
  • PBAH p-hydroxybenzoic acid hydrazide
  • xylanase means a 1 ,4-beta-D-xylan-xylohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.8) that catalyzes the endohydrolysis of 1 ,4-beta-D-xylosidic linkages in xylans.
  • xylanase activity is determined with 0.2% AZCL-arabinoxylan as substrate in 0.01 % TRITON® X-100 and 200 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6 at 37°C.
  • One unit of xylanase activity is defined as 1.0 ⁇ of azurine produced per minute at 37°C, pH 6 from 0.2% AZCL-arabinoxylan as substrate in 200 mM sodium phosphate pH 6 buffer.
  • the present invention relates to, inter alia, methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, methods of producing a fermentation product and methods of fermenting a cellulosic material.
  • treating of a cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in presence of a reducing agent has shown improved conversion to glucose.
  • the present invention relates to a method for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, comprising treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • the present invention relates to a method for producing a fermentation product, comprising:
  • step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • the present invention relates to a method of fermenting a cellulosic material, comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • a reducing agent (also called a reductant or reducer) is the element or compound in a reduction-oxidation (redox) reaction that donates an electron to another species.
  • the reducing agent used according to the present invention may be any suitable form of the reducing agent, including all salt forms, derivatives of the reducing agent.
  • a reducing agent also includes all non-salt forms of any salt of a reducing agent described herein, as well as other salts of any salt of a reducing agent described herein.
  • examples of inorganic salts of the reducing agent include, but are not limited to, alkali metal and alkaline earth salts, such as sodium salts, potassium salts, magnesium salts, bismuth salts, and calcium salts; ammonium salts; and aluminum salts.
  • the reducing agent is selected from a sulfur-containing reducing agent, and a hydride.
  • the sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxides, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide.
  • sulfur oxyanion is selected from sulfur(IV) oxyanion, sulfur(lll) oxyanion, sulfur(ll) oxyanion, and thiosulfate (S 2 0 3 2 ⁇ ).
  • sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, for example, potassium metabisulfite (K 2 S 2 0 5 ), and sodium metabisulfite (Na 2 S 2 0 5 ); bisulfite, for example, sodium bisulfite (NaHS0 3 ); sulphite, for example, sodium sulfite (Na 2 S0 3 ).
  • sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite.
  • Sulfhydryl reagent is selected from dithiothreitol.
  • Hydride is selected from hydrogen hydride (H 2 S), sodium borohydrid (NaBH 4 ), and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH 3 ).
  • the effective amount of the reducing agent can depend on one or more (e.g., several) factors including, but not limited to, the mixture of component cellulolytic enzymes, the cellulosic substrate, the concentration of cellulosic substrate, the pretreatment(s) of the cellulosic substrate, non-cellulosic components (e.g., native or degraded lignin or hemicellulose), non- cellulase components, temperature, and reaction time.
  • the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the cellulolytic enzyme(s).
  • the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the cellulose. In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and the cellulolytic enzyme(s). In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and the cellulose. In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the cellulolytic enzyme(s) and the cellulose.
  • the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, the cellulolytic enzyme(s), and the cellulose.
  • the reducing agent may be at any suitable concentration.
  • Non-limiting examples of the final concentrations of the reducing agent during treatment system include, about 0.001 % to about 3% (w/w), preferably about 0.01 % to about 1 % (w/w), more preferably about 0.05% to about 0.5% (w/w), based on the weight of the reducing agent and the weight of the treatment system.
  • the method further comprises treating the cellulosic material with a reducing agent before, during and/or after saccharifying a cellulosic material.
  • the reducing agent concentration during process/treatment may be at any suitable concentration as described above.
  • the reducing agent is at a higher concentration for saccharification and then decreased to a lower concentration for fermentation.
  • an effective amount of the reducing agent to cellulose is about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 10 g per g of cellulose, e.g., about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 7.5, about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 5, about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 2.5, about 10 "6 to about 1 , about 10 "5 to about 1 , about 10 "5 to about 10 ⁇ about 10 “4 to about 10 " , about 10 3 to about 10 ⁇ , or about 10 3 to about 10 "2 g per g of cellulose.
  • an effective amount of the reducing agent in the process/treatment (for example, pretreatment, hydrolysis/saccharification, and/or fermentation) system is about 0.01 mg to about 30 mg per g of treatment system, preferably about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg per g of treatment system, more preferably about 0.5 mg to about 5 mg per g of treatment system.
  • the reducing agent(s) may be recycled from a completed saccharification or completed saccharification and fermentation to a new saccharification.
  • the reducing agent(s) can be recovered using standard methods in the art, e.g. , filtration/centrifugation pre- or post-distillation, to remove residual solids, cellular debris, etc. and then recirculated to the new saccharification.
  • any GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity can be used.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motifs:
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions
  • X(4) is any amino acid at 4 contiguous positions.
  • the GH61 polypeptide comprising the above-noted motifs may further comprise:
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(1 ,2) is any amino acid at 1 position or 2 contiguous positions
  • X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions
  • X(2) is any amino acid at 2 contiguous positions.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILIvlV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216).
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity further comprises [EQ]-X-Y-X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217).
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216) and [EQ]-X- Y-X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217).
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motif:
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions
  • X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions.
  • accepted lUPAC single letter amino acid abbreviation is employed.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
  • the mature polypeptide is amino acids 20 to 326 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 18 to 239 of SEQ ID NO: 4, amino acids 20 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 6, amino acids 19 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 8, amino acids 20 to 304 of SEQ ID NO: 10, amino acids 16 to 317 of SEQ ID NO: 12, amino acids 22 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 14, amino acids 20 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 16, amino acids 18 to 232 of SEQ ID NO: 18, amino acids 16 to 235 of SEQ ID NO: 20, amino acids 19 to 323 of SEQ ID NO: 22, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 24, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 26, amino acids 22 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 28, amino acids 22 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 30, or amino acids 22 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 32, amino acids 24 to 444 of SEQ ID NO: 34, amino acids 26 to 253 of SEQ ID NO: 36, amino acids 20 to 223
  • amino acids 22 to 368 of SEQ ID NO: 46 amino acids 25 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 48, amino acids 17 to 236 of SEQ ID NO: 50, amino acids 19 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 52, amino acids 23 to 478 of SEQ ID NO: 54, amino acids 17 to 230 of SEQ ID NO: 56, amino acids 20 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 58, amino acids 23 to 251 of SEQ ID NO: 60, amino acids
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189
  • the mature polypeptide coding sequence is nucleotides 388 to 1332 of SEQ ID NO: 1 , nucleotides 98 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 3, nucleotides 126 to 978 of SEQ ID NO: 5, nucleotides 55 to 678 of SEQ ID NO: 7, nucleotides 58 to 912 of SEQ ID NO: 9, nucleotides 46 to 951 of SEQ ID NO: 1 1 , nucleotides 64 to 796 of SEQ ID NO: 13, nucleotides 77 to 766 of SEQ ID NO: 15, nucleotides 52 to 921 of SEQ ID NO: 17, nucleotides 46 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 19, nucleotides 55 to 1239 of SEQ ID NO: 21 , nucleotides 46 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 23, nucleotides 58 to 811 of SEQ ID NO: 25, nucleotides 64 to 11 12 of SEQ ID NO: 27, nucleo
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is an variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g., several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
  • amino acid changes may be of a minor nature, that is conservative amino acid substitutions or insertions that do not significantly affect the folding and/or activity of the protein; small deletions, typically of 1 -30 amino acids; small amino- or carboxyl-terminal extensions, such as an amino-terminal methionine residue; a small linker peptide of up to 20-25 residues; or a small extension that facilitates purification by changing net charge or another function, such as a poly-histidine tract, an antigenic epitope or a binding domain.
  • conservative substitutions are within the groups of basic amino acids (arginine, lysine and histidine), acidic amino acids (glutamic acid and aspartic acid), polar amino acids (glutamine and asparagine), hydrophobic amino acids (leucine, isoleucine and valine), aromatic amino acids (phenylalanine, tryptophan and tyrosine), and small amino acids (glycine, alanine, serine, threonine and methionine).
  • Amino acid substitutions that do not generally alter specific activity are known in the art and are described, for example, by H. Neurath and R.L. Hill, 1979, In, The Proteins, Academic Press, New York.
  • amino acid changes are of such a nature that the physico-chemical properties of the polypeptides are altered.
  • amino acid changes may improve the thermal stability of the polypeptide, alter the substrate specificity, change the pH optimum, and the like.
  • Essential amino acids in a polypeptide can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, 1989, Science 244: 1081-1085). In the latter technique, single alanine mutations are introduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutant molecules are tested for cellulolytic enhancing activity to identify amino acid residues that are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton et al., 1996, J. Biol. Chem. 271 : 4699-4708.
  • the active site of the enzyme or other biological interaction can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction, or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al., 1992, Science 255: 306-312; Smith et al. , 1992, J. Mol. Biol. 224: 899-904; Wlodaver et al., 1992, FEBS Lett. 309: 59-64.
  • Single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions can be made and tested using known methods of mutagenesis, recombination, and/or shuffling, followed by a relevant screening procedure, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar-Olson and Sauer, 1988, Science 241 : 53-57; Bowie and Sauer, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 2152-2156; WO 95/17413; or WO 95/22625.
  • Other methods that can be used include error-prone PCR, phage display (e.g., Lowman et al., 1991 , Biochemistry 30: 10832-10837; U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409; WO 92/06204), and region-directed mutagenesis (Derbyshire et al. , 1986, Gene 46: 145; Ner et al. , 1988, DNA 7: 127).
  • Mutagenesis/shuffling methods can be combined with high-throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides expressed by host cells (Ness et al. , 1999, Nature Biotechnology 17: 893-896). Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode active polypeptides can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using standard methods in the art. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide.
  • a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity may be obtained from microorganisms of any genus.
  • the term "obtained from” as used herein in connection with a given source shall mean that the polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide is produced by the source or by a strain in which the polynucleotide from the source has been inserted.
  • the polypeptide obtained from a given source is secreted extracellularly.
  • the polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity may also be a fungal polypeptide, and more preferably a yeast polypeptide such as a Candida, Kluyveromyces, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Schizosaccharomyces, or Yarrowia GH61 polypeptide; or a filamentous fungal GH61 polypeptide such as an Acremonium, Agaricus, Alternaria, Aspergillus, Aureobasidium, Botryospaeria, Ceriporiopsis, Chaetomidium, Chrysosporium, Claviceps, Cochliobolus, Coprinopsis, Coptotermes, Corynascus, Cryphonectria, Cryptococcus, Diplodia, Exidia, Filibasidium, Fusanum, Gibberella, Holomastigotoides, Humicola, Irpex, Lentinula, Leptospaeria, Magnaporthe, Melanocarpus, Meripil
  • the polypeptide is a Saccharomyces carlsbergensis, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Saccharomyces diastaticus, Saccharomyces douglasii, Saccharomyces kluyveh, Saccharomyces norbensis, or Saccharomyces oviformis polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the polypeptide is an Acremonium cellulolyticus, Aspergillus aculeatus, Aspergillus awamoh, Aspergillus foetidus, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus japonicus, Aspergillus lentulus, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Aspergillus terreus, Chrysosponum inops, Chrysosporium keratinophilum, Chrysosporium lucknowense, Chrysosporium merdarium, Chrysosporium pannicola, Chrysosporium queenslandicum, Chrysosporium tropicum, Chrysosporium zonatum, Fennellia nivea, Fusanum bactridioides, Fusanum cerealis, Fusanum crookwellense, Fusanum culmorum, Fu
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • DSM Deutsche Sammlung von Mikroorganismen und Zellkulturen GmbH
  • CBS Centraalbureau Voor Schimmelcultures
  • NRRL Northern Regional Research Center
  • the enzyme compositions can comprise any protein that is useful in degrading or converting cellulosic material.
  • the compositions may comprise one enzyme as the major enzymatic component, e.g., a mono-component composition, or multiple enzymes.
  • the compositions may be prepared in accordance with methods known in the art and may be in the form of a liquid or a dry composition.
  • the compositions may be stabilized in accordance with methods known in the art.
  • compositions may be a fermentation broth formulation or a cell composition, as described herein.
  • the composition is a cell-killed whole broth containing organic acid(s), killed cells and/or cell debris, and culture medium.
  • fermentation broth refers to a preparation produced by cellular fermentation that undergoes no or minimal recovery and/or purification.
  • fermentation broths are produced when microbial cultures are grown to saturation, incubated under carbon-limiting conditions to allow protein synthesis (e.g. , expression of enzymes by host cells) and secretion into cell culture medium.
  • the fermentation broth can contain unfractionated or fractionated contents of the fermentation materials derived at the end of the fermentation.
  • the fermentation broth is unfractionated and comprises the spent culture medium and cell debris present after the microbial cells (e.g. , filamentous fungal cells) are removed, e.g. , by centrifugation.
  • the fermentation broth contains spent cell culture medium, extracellular enzymes, and viable and/or nonviable microbial cells.
  • the fermentation broth formulation and cell compositions comprise a first organic acid component comprising at least one 1 -5 carbon organic acid and/or a salt thereof and a second organic acid component comprising at least one 6 or more carbon organic acid and/or a salt thereof.
  • the first organic acid component is acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, a salt thereof, or a mixture of two or more of the foregoing and the second organic acid component is benzoic acid, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 4-methylvaleric acid, phenylacetic acid, a salt thereof, or a mixture of two or more of the foregoing.
  • the composition contains an organic acid(s), and optionally further contains killed cells and/or cell debris.
  • the killed cells and/or cell debris are removed from a cell-killed whole broth to provide a composition that is free of these components.
  • the fermentation broth formulations or cell compositions may further comprise a preservative and/or anti-microbial (e.g., bacteriostatic) agent, including, but not limited to, sorbitol, sodium chloride, potassium sorbate, and others known in the art.
  • a preservative and/or anti-microbial agent including, but not limited to, sorbitol, sodium chloride, potassium sorbate, and others known in the art.
  • the cell-killed whole broth or composition may contain the unfractionated contents of the fermentation materials derived at the end of the fermentation.
  • the cell-killed whole broth or composition contains the spent culture medium and cell debris present after the microbial cells (e.g., filamentous fungal cells) are grown to saturation, incubated under carbon- limiting conditions to allow protein synthesis (e.g. , expression of cellulase and/or glucosidase enzyme(s)).
  • the cell-killed whole broth or composition contains the spent cell culture medium, extracellular enzymes, and killed filamentous fungal cells.
  • the microbial cells present in the cell-killed whole broth or composition can be permeabilized and/or lysed using methods known in the art.
  • a whole broth or cell composition as described herein is typically a liquid, but may contain insoluble components, such as killed cells, cell debris, culture media components, and/or insoluble enzyme(s). In some embodiments, insoluble components may be removed to provide a clarified liquid composition.
  • the whole broth formulations and cell compositions may be produced by a method described in WO 90/15861 or WO 2010/096673.
  • the enzyme composition comprises or further comprises one or more (e.g., several) proteins selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
  • the cellulase is preferably one or more (e.g., several) enzymes selected from the group consisting of an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta-glucosidase.
  • the hemicellulase is preferably one or more (e.g., several) enzymes selected from the group consisting of an acetylmannan esterase, an acetylxylan esterase, an arabinanase, an arabinofuranosidase, a coumaric acid esterase, a feruloyl esterase, a galactosidase, a glucuronidase, a glucuronoyl esterase, a mannanase, a mannosidase, a xylanase, and a xylosidase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises one or more (e.g., several) cellulolytic enzymes. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises or further comprises one or more (e.g., several) hemicellulolytic enzymes. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises one or more (e.g., several) cellulolytic enzymes and one or more (e.g., several) hemicellulolytic enzymes. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises one or more (e.g., several) enzymes selected from the group of cellulolytic enzymes and hemicellulolytic enzymes. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a cellobiohydrolase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a beta-glucosidase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a cellobiohydrolase and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a beta-glucosidase and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase and a cellobiohydrolase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase and a beta-glucosidase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a cellobiohydrolase and a beta-glucosidase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase, a beta-glucosidase, and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a cellobiohydrolase, a beta-glucosidase, and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta-glucosidase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, a beta-glucosidase, and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
  • the enzyme composition comprises an acetylmannan esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an acetylxylan esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an arabinanase (e.g., alpha-L-arabinanase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an arabinofuranosidase (e.g., alpha-L- arabinofuranosidase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a coumaric acid esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a feruloyi esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a galactosidase (e.g., alpha-galactosidase and/or beta-galactosidase).
  • arabinanase e.g., alpha-L-arabinanase
  • the enzyme composition comprises an arabinofuranosidase (e.g., alpha-L- arabinofuranosidase).
  • the enzyme composition comprises
  • the enzyme composition comprises a glucuronidase (e.g., alpha-D-glucuronidase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a glucuronoyl esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a mannanase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a mannosidase (e.g., beta-mannosidase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a xylanase. In a preferred aspect, the xylanase is a Family 10 xylanase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a xylosidase (e.g., beta-xylosidase).
  • a glucuronidase e.g., alpha-D-glucuronidase
  • the enzyme composition comprises a glucuronoyl esterase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a mannanase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a mannosidase (e.g., beta-mannos
  • the enzyme composition comprises an esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an expansin. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a laccase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a ligninolytic enzyme. In a preferred aspect, the ligninolytic enzyme is a manganese peroxidase. In another preferred aspect, the ligninolytic enzyme is a lignin peroxidase. In another preferred aspect, the ligninolytic enzyme is a H 2 0 2 -producing enzyme. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a pectinase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a peroxidase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a protease. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a swollenin.
  • the enzyme(s) can be added prior to or during saccharification, saccharification and fermentation, or fermentation.
  • One or more (e.g., several) components of the enzyme composition may be wild-type proteins, recombinant proteins, or a combination of wild-type proteins and recombinant proteins.
  • one or more (e.g., several) components may be native proteins of a cell, which is used as a host cell to express recombinantly one or more (e.g., several) other components of the enzyme composition.
  • One or more (e.g. , several) components of the enzyme composition may be produced as monocomponents, which are then combined to form the enzyme composition.
  • the enzyme composition may be a combination of multicomponent and monocomponent protein preparations.
  • the enzymes used in the methods of the present invention may be in any form suitable for use, such as, for example, a fermentation broth formulation or a cell composition, a cell lysate with or without cellular debris, a semi-purified or purified enzyme preparation, or a host cell as a source of the enzymes.
  • the enzyme composition may be a dry powder or granulate, a non-dusting granulate, a liquid, a stabilized liquid, or a stabilized protected enzyme.
  • Liquid enzyme preparations may, for instance, be stabilized by adding stabilizers such as a sugar, a sugar alcohol or another polyol, and/or lactic acid or another organic acid according to established processes.
  • polypeptides having enzyme activity can be derived or obtained from any suitable origin, including, bacterial, fungal, yeast, plant, or mammalian origin.
  • obtained also means herein that the enzyme may have been produced recombinantly in a host organism employing methods described herein, wherein the recombinantly produced enzyme is either native or foreign to the host organism or has a modified amino acid sequence, e.g., having one or more (e.g., several) amino acids that are deleted, inserted and/or substituted, i.e.
  • a recombinantly produced enzyme that is a mutant and/or a fragment of a native amino acid sequence or an enzyme produced by nucleic acid shuffling processes known in the art.
  • a native enzyme Encompassed within the meaning of a native enzyme are natural variants and within the meaning of a foreign enzyme are variants obtained recombinantly, such as by site-directed mutagenesis or shuffling.
  • a polypeptide having enzyme activity may be a bacterial polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide may be a Gram positive bacterial polypeptide such as a Bacillus, Streptococcus, Streptomyces, Staphylococcus, Enterococcus, Lactobacillus, Lactococcus, Clostridium, Geobacillus, Caldicellulosiruptor, Acidothermus, Thermobifidia, or Oceanobacillus polypeptide having enzyme activity, or a Gram negative bacterial polypeptide such as an £ coli, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Campylobacter, Helicobacter, Flavobacterium, Fusobacterium, llyobacter, Neisseria, or Ureaplasma polypeptide having enzyme activity.
  • the polypeptide is a Bacillus alkalophilus, Bacillus amyloliquefaciens, Bacillus brevis, Bacillus circulans, Bacillus clausii, Bacillus coagulans, Bacillus firmus, Bacillus lautus, Bacillus lentus, Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus stearothermophilus, Bacillus subtilis, or Bacillus thuringiensis polypeptide having enzyme activity.
  • the polypeptide is a Streptococcus equisimilis, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus ubens, or Streptococcus equi subsp. Zooepidemicus polypeptide having enzyme activity.
  • the polypeptide is a Streptomyces achromogenes, Streptomyces avermitilis, Streptomyces coelicolor, Streptomyces gn ' seus, or Streptomyces lividans polypeptide having enzyme activity.
  • the polypeptide having enzyme activity may also be a fungal polypeptide, and more preferably a yeast polypeptide such as a Candida, Kluyveromyces, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Schizosaccharomyces, or Yarrowia polypeptide having enzyme activity; or more preferably a filamentous fungal polypeptide such as an Acremonium, Agahcus, Altemaria, Aspergillus, Aureobasidium, Botryospaeha, Ceriporiopsis, Chaetomidium, Chrysosporium, Claviceps, Cochliobolus, Coprinopsis, Coptotermes, Corynascus, Cryphonectha, Cryptococcus, Diplodia, Exidia, Filibasidium, Fusanum, Gibberella, Holomastigotoides, Humicola, Irpex, Lentinula, Leptospaeria, Magnaporthe, Melanocarpus, Meripilus, Mu
  • the polypeptide is a Saccharomyces carlsbergensis, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Saccharomyces diastaticus, Saccharomyces douglasii, Saccharomyces kluyveh, Saccharomyces norbensis, or Saccharomyces oviformis polypeptide having enzyme activity.
  • the polypeptide is an Acremonium cellulolyticus, Aspergillus aculeatus, Aspergillus awamoh, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus foetidus, Aspergillus japonicus, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Chrysosporium keratinophilum, Chrysosporium lucknowense, Chrysosporium tropicum, Chrysosporium merdarium, Chrysosporium inops, Chrysosporium pannicola, Chrysosporium queenslandicum, Chrysosporium zonatum, Fusanum bactridioides, Fusanum cerealis, Fusanum crookwellense, Fusanum culmorum, Fusanum graminearum, Fusanum graminum, Fusanum heterosporum, Fus
  • Chemically modified or protein engineered mutants of polypeptides having enzyme activity may also be used.
  • One or more (e.g., several) components of the enzyme composition may be a recombinant component, i.e. , produced by cloning of a DNA sequence encoding the single component and subsequent cell transformed with the DNA sequence and expressed in a host (see, for example, WO 91/17243 and WO 91/17244).
  • the host is preferably a heterologous host (enzyme is foreign to host), but the host may under certain conditions also be a homologous host (enzyme is native to host).
  • Monocomponent cellulolytic proteins may also be prepared by purifying such a protein from a fermentation broth.
  • the one or more (e.g., several) cellulolytic enzymes comprise a commercial cellulolytic enzyme preparation.
  • commercial cellulolytic enzyme preparations suitable for use in the present invention include, for example, CELLIC® CTec (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® CTec2 (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® Ctec3 (Novozymes A/S), CELLUCLASTTM (Novozymes A/S), NOVOZYMTM 188 (Novozymes A/S), CELLUZYMETM (Novozymes A/S), CEREFLOTM (Novozymes A/S), and ULTRAFLOTM (Novozymes A/S), ACCELERASETM (Genencor Int.), LAM IN EXTM (Genencor Int.), SPEZYMETM CP (Genencor Int.), FILTRASE® NL (DSM); METHAPLUS® S/L 100 (DSM), ROHAMENTTM 7069 W (
  • the cellulase enzymes are added in amounts effective from about 0.001 to about 5.0 wt % of solids, e.g., about 0.025 to about 4.0 wt % of solids or about 0.005 to about 2.0 wt % of solids.
  • bacterial endoglucanases examples include, but are not limited to, an Acidothermus cellulolyticus endoglucanase (WO 91/05039; WO 93/15186; U.S. Patent No. 5,275,944; WO 96/02551 ; U.S. Patent No. 5,536,655, WO 00/70031 , WO 05/093050); Thermobifida fusca endoglucanase III (WO 05/093050); and Thermobifida fusca endoglucanase V (WO 05/093050).
  • an Acidothermus cellulolyticus endoglucanase WO 91/05039; WO 93/15186; U.S. Patent No. 5,275,944; WO 96/02551 ; U.S. Patent No. 5,536,655, WO 00/70031 , WO 05/093050
  • fungal endoglucanases examples include, but are not limited to, a Tnchoderma reesei endoglucanase I (Penttila et a/., 1986, Gene 45: 253-263; Trichoderma reesei Cel7B endoglucanase I; GENBANKTM accession no. M15665; SEQ ID NO: 66); Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase II (Saloheimo, et a/., 1988, Gene 63:1 1- 22; Trichoderma reesei Cel5A endoglucanase II; GENBANKTM accession no.
  • Tnchoderma reesei endoglucanase I Purenttila et a/., 1986, Gene 45: 253-263
  • Trichoderma reesei Cel7B endoglucanase I GENBANKTM accession no. M15665; SEQ ID NO
  • VTT-D-80133 endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 94; GENBANKTM accession no. M15665).
  • the endoglucanases of SEQ ID NO: 66, SEQ ID NO: 68, SEQ ID NO: 70, SEQ ID NO: 72, SEQ ID NO: 74, SEQ ID NO: 76, SEQ ID NO: 78, SEQ ID NO: 80, SEQ ID NO: 82, SEQ ID NO: 84, SEQ ID NO: 86, SEQ ID NO: 88, SEQ ID NO: 90, SEQ ID NO: 92, and SEQ ID NO: 94 described above are encoded by the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65, SEQ ID NO: 67, SEQ ID NO: 69, SEQ ID NO: 71 , SEQ ID NO: 73, SEQ ID NO: 75, SEQ ID NO: 77, SEQ ID NO: 79, SEQ ID NO: 81 , SEQ ID NO:
  • cellobiohydrolases useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase I (SEQ ID NO: 96); Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase II (SEQ ID NO: 98); Humicola insolens cellobiohydrolase I (SEQ ID NO: 100); Myceliophthora thermophila cellobiohydrolase II (SEQ ID NO: 102 and SEQ ID NO: 104); Thielavia terrestris cellobiohydrolase II (CEL6A) (SEQ ID NO: 106); Chaetomium thermophilum cellobiohydrolase I (SEQ ID NO: 108); Chaetomium thermophilum cellobiohydrolase II (SEQ ID NO: 110); Aspergillus fumigatus cellobiohydrolase I (SEQ ID NO: 1 12); and Aspergillus fumigatus cellobiohydrolase II (SEQ ID NO: 1 14).
  • SEQ ID NO: 102, SEQ ID NO: 104, SEQ ID NO: 106, SEQ ID NO: 108, SEQ ID NO: 1 10, SEQ ID NO: 1 12, and SEQ ID NO: 1 14 described above are encoded by the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 97, SEQ ID NO: 99, SEQ ID NO: 101 , SEQ ID NO: 103, SEQ ID NO: 105, SEQ ID NO: 107, SEQ ID NO: 109, SEQ ID NO: 11 1 , and SEQ ID NO: 1 13, respectively.
  • beta-glucosidases useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 1 16); Aspergillus fumigatus beta- glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 1 18); Penicillium brasilianum IBT 20888 beta-glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 120); Aspergillus niger beta-glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 122); and Aspergillus aculeatus beta-glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 124).
  • Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase SEQ ID NO: 1 16
  • Aspergillus fumigatus beta- glucosidase SEQ ID NO: 1 18
  • Penicillium brasilianum IBT 20888 beta-glucosidase SEQ ID NO: 120
  • Aspergillus niger beta-glucosidase
  • the beta-glucosidases of SEQ ID NO: 1 16, SEQ ID NO: 1 18, SEQ ID NO: 120, SEQ ID NO: 122, and SEQ ID NO: 124 described above are encoded by the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 15, SEQ ID NO: 1 17, and SEQ ID NO: 1 19, SEQ ID NO: 121 , and SEQ ID NO: 123, respectively.
  • beta-glucosidases useful in the present invention include an Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase variant fusion protein of SEQ ID NO: 126 or the Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase fusion protein of SEQ ID NO: 128.
  • the beta-glucosidase fusion proteins of SEQ ID NO: 126 and SEQ ID NO: 128 are encoded by SEQ ID NO: 125 and SEQ ID NO: 127, respectively.
  • the Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to WO 2002/095014.
  • the Aspergillus fumigatus beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to WO 2005/047499.
  • the Penicillium brasilianum beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to WO 2007/019442.
  • the Aspergillus niger beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to Dan et a/., 2000, J. Biol. Chem. 275: 4973-4980.
  • the Aspergillus aculeatus beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to Kawaguchi et al. , 1996, Gene 173: 287-288.
  • cellulolytic enzymes that may be used in the present invention are described in WO 98/13465, WO 98/015619, WO 98/015633, WO 99/06574, WO 99/10481 , WO 99/025847, WO 99/031255, WO 2002/101078, WO 2003/027306, WO 2003/052054, WO 2003/052055, WO 2003/052056, WO 2003/052057, WO 2003/0521 18, WO 2004/016760, WO 2004/043980, WO 2004/048592, WO 2005/001065, WO 2005/028636, WO 2005/093050, WO 2005/093073, WO 2006/074005, WO 2006/1 17432, WO 2007/071818, WO 2007/071820, WO 2008/008070, WO 2008/008793, U.S. Patent No. 5,457,046, U.S. Patent No. 5,648,263, and U.S.
  • any GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity can be used as a component of the enzyme composition as described herein.
  • GH61 polypeptides having cellulolytic enhancing activity useful in the processes of the present invention include, but are not limited to, GH61 polypeptides from Thielavia terresths (WO 2005/074647, WO 2008/148131 , and WO 201 1/035027), Thermoascus aurantiacus (WO 2005/074656 and WO 2010/065830), Trichoderma reesei (WO 2007/089290), Myceliophthora thermophila (WO 2009/085935, WO 2009/085859, WO 2009/085864, WO 2009/085868), Aspergillus fumigatus (WO 2010/138754), GH61 polypeptides from Penicillium pinophilum (WO 2011/005867), Thermoascus sp. (WO 201 1/039319), Penicillium sp. (WO 201 1/041397), and Thermoascus crustaceous
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is used in the presence of a soluble activating divalent metal cation according to WO 2008/151043, e.g., manganese sulfate.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is used in the presence of a dioxy compound, a bicylic compound, a heterocyclic compound, a nitrogen- containing compound, a quinone compound, a sulfur-containing compound, or a liquor obtained from a pretreated cellulosic material such as pretreated corn stover (PCS).
  • PCS pretreated corn stover
  • the dioxy compound may include any suitable compound containing two or more oxygen atoms.
  • the dioxy compounds contain a substituted aryl moiety as described herein.
  • the dioxy compounds may comprise one or more (e.g., several) hydroxyl and/or hydroxyl derivatives, but also include substituted aryl moieties lacking hydroxyl and hydroxyl derivatives.
  • Non-limiting examples of the dioxy compounds include pyrocatechol or catechol; caffeic acid; 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid; 4-tert-butyl-5-methoxy-1 ,2-benzenediol; pyrogallol; gallic acid; methyl-3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate; 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone; 2,6- dimethoxyphenol; sinapinic acid; 3,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid; 4-chloro-1 ,2-benzenediol; 4-nitro- 1 ,2-benzenediol; tannic acid; ethyl gallate; methyl glycolate; dihydroxyfumaric acid; 2-butyne- 1 ,4-diol; (croconic acid; 1 ,3-propanediol; tartaric acid; 2,4-pentanediol; 3-ethyoxy-1 ,2- propanediol; 2,4,4'-trihydroxybenzophenone; cis-2-but
  • the bicyclic compound may include any suitable substituted fused ring system as described herein.
  • the compounds may comprise one or more (e.g., several) additional rings, and are not limited to a specific number of rings unless otherwise stated.
  • the bicyclic compound is a flavonoid.
  • the bicyclic compound is an optionally substituted isoflavonoid.
  • the bicyclic compound is an optionally substituted flavylium ion, such as an optionally substituted anthocyanidin or optionally substituted anthocyanin, or derivative thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of the bicyclic compounds include epicatechin; quercetin; myricetin; taxifolin; kaempferol; morin; acacetin; naringenin; isorhamnetin; apigenin; cyanidin; cyanin; kuromanin; keracyanin; or a salt or solvate thereof.
  • the heterocyclic compound may be any suitable compound, such as an optionally substituted aromatic or non-aromatic ring comprising a heteroatom, as described herein.
  • the heterocyclic is a compound comprising an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl moiety or an optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety.
  • the optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl moiety or optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety is an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocycloalkyl or an optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl moiety.
  • the optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety is an optionally substituted moiety selected from pyrazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, thienyl, dihydrothieno-pyrazolyl, thianaphthenyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, isoquinolinyl, isoindolyl, acridinyl, benzoisazolyl, dimethylhydantoin, pyrazinyl,
  • the optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl moiety or optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety is an optionally substituted furanyl.
  • the heterocyclic compounds include (1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl)-3,4-dihydroxyfuran-2(5H)-one; 4-hydroxy- 5-methyl-3-furanone; 5-hydroxy-2(5H)-furanone; [1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl]furan-2,3,4(5H)-trione; a- hydroxy-y-butyrolactone; ribonic ⁇ -lactone; aldohexuronicaldohexuronic acid ⁇ -lactone; gluconic acid ⁇ -lactone; 4-hydroxycoumarin; dihydrobenzofuran; 5-(hydroxymethyl)furfural; furoin; 2(5H)- furanone; 5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-one; and 5,6-dihydro-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2-
  • the nitrogen-containing compound may be any suitable compound with one or more nitrogen atoms.
  • the nitrogen-containing compound comprises an amine, imine, hydroxylamine, or nitroxide moiety.
  • Non-limiting examples of the nitrogen-containing compounds include acetone oxime; violuric acid; pyridine-2-aldoxime; 2-aminophenol; 1 ,2- benzenediamine; 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyloxy; 5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobiopterin; 6,7-dimethyl- 5,6,7,8-tetrahydropterine; and maleamic acid; or a salt or solvate thereof.
  • the quinone compound may be any suitable compound comprising a quinone moiety as described herein.
  • the quinone compounds include 1 ,4-benzoquinone; 1 ,4-naphthoquinone; 2-hydroxy-1 ,4-naphthoquinone; 2,3-dimethoxy-5-methyl-1 ,4-benzoquinone or coenzyme Q 0 ; 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-1 ,4-benzoquinone or duroquinone; 1 ,4- dihydroxyanthraquinone; 3-hydroxy-1 -methyl-5,6-indolinedione or adrenochrome; 4-tert-butyl-5- methoxy-1 ,2-benzoquinone; pyrroloquinoline quinone; or a salt or solvate thereof.
  • the sulfur-containing compound may be any suitable compound comprising one or more sulfur atoms.
  • the sulfur-containing comprises a moiety selected from thionyl, thioether, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfamide, sulfonamide, sulfonic acid, and sulfonic ester.
  • Non-limiting examples of the sulfur-containing compounds include ethanethiol; 2-propanethiol; 2-propene-1- thiol; 2-mercaptoethanesulfonic acid; benzenethiol; benzene-1 ,2-dithiol; cysteine; methionine; glutathione; cystine; or a salt or solvate thereof.
  • an effective amount of such a compound described above to cellulosic material as a molar ratio to glucosyl units of cellulose is about 10 "6 to about 10, e.g., about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 7.5, about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 5, about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 2.5, about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 1 , about 10 ⁇ 5 to about 1 , about 10 "5 to about 10 " , about 10 “4 to about 10 " , about 10 "3 to about 10 " , or about 10 "3 to about 10 ⁇ 2 .
  • an effective amount of such a compound described above is about 0.1 ⁇ to about 1 M, e.g.
  • liquid means the solution phase, either aqueous, organic, or a combination thereof, arising from treatment of a lignocellulose and/or hemicellulose material in a slurry, or monosaccharides thereof, e.g., xylose, arabinose, mannose, etc. , under conditions as described herein, and the soluble contents thereof.
  • a liquor for cellulolytic enhancement of a GH61 polypeptide can be produced by treating a lignocellulose or hemicellulose material (or feedstock) by applying heat and/or pressure, optionally in the presence of a catalyst, e.g., acid, optionally in the presence of an organic solvent, and optionally in combination with physical disruption of the material, and then separating the solution from the residual solids.
  • a catalyst e.g., acid
  • organic solvent optionally in combination with physical disruption of the material
  • Such conditions determine the degree of cellulolytic enhancement obtainable through the combination of liquor and a GH61 polypeptide during hydrolysis of a cellulosic substrate by a cellulase preparation.
  • the liquor can be separated from the treated material using a method standard in the art, such as filtration, sedimentation, or centrifugation.
  • an effective amount of the liquor to cellulose is about 10 "6 to about 10 g per g of cellulose, e.g. , about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 7.5 g, about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 5, about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 2.5 g, about 10 ⁇ 6 to about 1 g, about 10 ⁇ 5 to about 1 g, about 10 ⁇ 5 to about 10 g, about 10 ⁇ 4 to about 10 ⁇ 1 g, about 10 3 to about 10 ⁇ 1 g, or about 10 3 to about 10 ⁇ 2 g per g of cellulose.
  • the one or more (e.g., several) hemicellulolytic enzymes comprise a commercial hemicellulolytic enzyme preparation.
  • commercial hemicellulolytic enzyme preparations suitable for use in the present invention include, for example, SHEARZYMETM (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® HTec (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® HTec2 (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® Htec3 (Novozymes A/S),VISCOZYME® (Novozymes A/S), ULTRAFLO® (Novozymes A/S), PULPZYME® HC (Novozymes A/S), MULTIFECT® Xylanase (Genencor), ACCELLERASE® XY (Genencor), ACCELLERASE® XC (Genencor), ECOPULP® TX-200A (AB Enzymes), HSP 6000 Xylanase (DSM), DEPOLTM
  • Aspergillus aculeatus xylanase GeneSeqP:AAR63790; WO 94/21785
  • Aspergillus fumigatus xylanases WO 2006/078256; xyl
  • beta-xylosidases useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, Tnchoderma reesei beta-xylosidase (UniProtKB/TrEMBL accession number Q92458; SEQ ID NO: 131 [DNA sequence] and SEQ ID NO: 132 [deduced amino acid sequence]); Talaromyces emersonii (SwissProt accession number Q8X212); and Neurospora crassa (SwissProt accession number Q7SOW4).
  • acetylxylan esterases useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, acetylxylan esterases from Aspergillus aculeatus (WO 2010/108918); Chaetomium globosum (Uniprot accession number Q2GWX4); Chaetomium gracile (GeneSeqP accession number AAB82124); Humicola insolens DSM 1800 (WO 2009/073709); Hypocrea jecorina (WO 2005/001036); Myceliophthora thermophila (WO 2010/014880); Neurospora crassa (UniProt accession number q7s259); Phaeosphaeria nodorum (Uniprot accession number Q0UHJ1 ); and Thielavia terrestris NRRL 8126 (WO 2009/042846).
  • feruloyl esterases form Humicola insolens DSM 1800 (WO 2009/076122); Neosartorya fischeri (UniProt Accession number A1 D9T4); Neurospora crassa (UniProt accession number Q9HGR3); Penicillium aurantiognseum (WO 2009/127729); and Thielavia terrestris (WO 2010/0538
  • alpha-glucuronidases useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, alpha-glucuronidases from Aspergillus clavatus (UniProt accession number alcc12); Aspergillus fumigatus (SwissProt accession number Q4WW45); Aspergillus niger (Uniprot accession number Q96WX9); Aspergillus terreus (SwissProt accession number Q0CJP9); Humicola insolens (WO 2010/014706); Penicillium aurantiognseum (WO 2009/068565); Talaromyces emersonii (UniProt accession number Q8X211 ); and Trichoderma reesei (Uniprot accession number Q99024).
  • polypeptides having enzyme activity used in the methods of the present invention may be produced by fermentation of the above-noted microbial strains on a nutrient medium containing suitable carbon and nitrogen sources and inorganic salts, using procedures known in the art (see, e.g., Bennett, J.W. and LaSure, L. (eds.), More Gene Manipulations in Fungi, Academic Press, CA, 1991). Suitable media are available from commercial suppliers or may be prepared according to published compositions (e.g., in catalogues of the American Type Culture Collection). Temperature ranges and other conditions suitable for growth and enzyme production are known in the art (see, e.g. , Bailey, J.E., and Ollis, D.F., Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill Book Company, NY, 1986).
  • the fermentation can be any method of cultivation of a cell resulting in the expression or isolation of an enzyme or protein. Fermentation may, therefore, be understood as comprising shake flask cultivation, or small- or large-scale fermentation (including continuous, batch, fed- batch, or solid state fermentations) in laboratory or industrial fermentors performed in a suitable medium and under conditions allowing the enzyme to be expressed or isolated.
  • the resulting enzymes produced by the methods described above may be recovered from the fermentation medium and purified by conventional procedures.
  • An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide may be manipulated in a variety of ways to provide for expression of the polypeptide by constructing a nucleic acid construct comprising an isolated polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide operably linked to one or more (e.g., several) control sequences that direct the expression of the coding sequence in a suitable host cell under conditions compatible with the control sequences.
  • Manipulation of the polynucleotide's sequence prior to its insertion into a vector may be desirable or necessary depending on the expression vector.
  • the techniques for modifying polynucleotide sequences utilizing recombinant DNA methods are well known in the art.
  • the control sequence may be a promoter, a polynucleotide that is recognized by a host cell for expression of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide.
  • the promoter contains transcriptional control sequences that mediate the expression of the polypeptide.
  • the promoter may be any polynucleotide that shows transcriptional activity in the host cell including mutant, truncated, and hybrid promoters, and may be obtained from genes encoding extracellular or intracellular polypeptides either homologous or heterologous to the host cell.
  • suitable promoters for directing transcription of the nucleic acid constructs in a bacterial host cell are the promoters obtained from the Bacillus amyloliquefaciens alpha- amylase gene (amyQ), Bacillus licheniformis alpha-amylase gene (amyL), Bacillus licheniformis penicillinase gene (penP), Bacillus stearothermophilus maltogenic amylase gene (amyM), Bacillus subtilis levansucrase gene (sacB), Bacillus subtilis xylA and xylB genes, Bacillus thuhngiensis crylllA gene (Agaisse and Lereclus, 1994, Molecular Microbiology 13: 97-107), £ coli lac operon, £ coli trc promoter (Egon et al , 1988, Gene 69: 301-315), Streptomyces coelicolor agarase gene (dag A), and prokaryotic beta-
  • promoters for directing transcription of the nucleic acid constructs in a filamentous fungal host cell are promoters obtained from the genes for Aspergillus nidulans acetamidase, Aspergillus niger neutral alpha-amylase, Aspergillus niger acid stable alpha- amylase, Aspergillus niger or Aspergillus awamori glucoamylase (glaA), Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, Aspergillus oryzae alkaline protease, Aspergillus oryzae triose phosphate isomerase, Fusanum oxysporum trypsin-like protease (WO 96/00787), Fusarium venenatum amyloglucosidase (WO 00/56900), Fusarium venenatum Daria (WO 00/56900), Fusarium venenatum Quinn (WO 00/00/
  • useful promoters are obtained from the genes for Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase (ENO-1), Saccharomyces cerevisiae galactokinase (GAL1 ), Saccharomyces cerevisiae alcohol dehydrogenase/glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (ADH1 , ADH2/GAP), Saccharomyces cerevisiae triose phosphate isomerase (TPI), Saccharomyces cerevisiae metallothionein (CUP1 ), and Saccharomyces cerevisiae 3-phosphoglycerate kinase.
  • ENO-1 Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase
  • GAL1 Saccharomyces cerevisiae galactokinase
  • ADH1 alcohol dehydrogenase/glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase
  • TPI Saccharomyces cerevisiae
  • the control sequence may also be a transcription terminator, which is recognized by a host cell to terminate transcription.
  • the terminator is operably linked to the 3'-terminus of the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide. Any terminator that is functional in the host cell may be used in the present invention.
  • Preferred terminators for bacterial host cells are obtained from the genes for Bacillus clausii alkaline protease (aprH), Bacillus licheniformis alpha-amylase (amyL), and Escherichia coli ribosomal RNA (rmB).
  • Preferred terminators for filamentous fungal host cells are obtained from the genes for Aspergillus nidulans acetamidase, Aspergillus nidulans anthranilate synthase, Aspergillus niger glucoamylase, Aspergillus niger alpha-glucosidase, Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, Fusarium oxysporum trypsin-like protease, Trichoderma reesei beta-glucosidase, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase I, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase II, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase I, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase II, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase III, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase V, Trichoderma ree
  • Preferred terminators for yeast host cells are obtained from the genes for Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase, Saccharomyces cerevisiae cytochrome C (CYC1), and Saccharomyces cerevisiae glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase.
  • Other useful terminators for yeast host cells are described by Romanos et al., 1992, supra.
  • control sequence may also be an mRNA stabilizer region downstream of a promoter and upstream of the coding sequence of a gene which increases expression of the gene.
  • mRNA stabilizer regions are obtained from a Bacillus thuringiensis crylllA gene (WO 94/25612) and a Bacillus subtilis SP82 gene (Hue et a/. , 1995, Journal of Bacteriology Ml: 3465-3471).
  • the control sequence may also be a leader, a nontranslated region of an mRNA that is important for translation by the host cell.
  • the leader is operably linked to the 5'-terminus of the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide. Any leader that is functional in the host cell may be used.
  • Preferred leaders for filamentous fungal host cells are obtained from the genes for Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase and Aspergillus nidulans triose phosphate isomerase.
  • Suitable leaders for yeast host cells are obtained from the genes for Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase (ENO-1), Saccharomyces cerevisiae 3-phosphoglycerate kinase, Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae alcohol dehydrogenase/glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (ADH2/GAP).
  • ENO-1 Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase
  • Saccharomyces cerevisiae 3-phosphoglycerate kinase Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor
  • Saccharomyces cerevisiae alcohol dehydrogenase/glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase ADH2/GAP
  • the control sequence may also be a polyadenylation sequence, a sequence operably linked to the 3'-terminus of the polynucleotide and, when transcribed, is recognized by the host cell as a signal to add polyadenosine residues to transcribed mRNA. Any polyadenylation sequence that is functional in the host cell may be used.
  • Preferred polyadenylation sequences for filamentous fungal host cells are obtained from the genes for Aspergillus nidulans anthranilate synthase, Aspergillus niger glucoamylase, Aspergillus niger alpha-glucosidase Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, and Fusarium oxysporum trypsin-like protease.
  • control sequence may also be a signal peptide coding region that encodes a signal peptide linked to the N-terminus of a polypeptide and directs the polypeptide into the cell's secretory pathway.
  • the 5'-end of the coding sequence of the polynucleotide may inherently contain a signal peptide coding sequence naturally linked in translation reading frame with the segment of the coding sequence that encodes the polypeptide.
  • the 5'-end of the coding sequence may contain a signal peptide coding sequence that is foreign to the coding sequence.
  • a foreign signal peptide coding sequence may be required where the coding sequence does not naturally contain a signal peptide coding sequence.
  • a foreign signal peptide coding sequence may simply replace the natural signal peptide coding sequence in order to enhance secretion of the polypeptide.
  • any signal peptide coding sequence that directs the expressed polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell may be used.
  • Effective signal peptide coding sequences for bacterial host cells are the signal peptide coding sequences obtained from the genes for Bacillus NCIB 1 1837 maltogenic amylase, Bacillus licheniformis subtilisin, Bacillus licheniformis beta-lactamase, Bacillus stearothermophilus alpha-amylase, Bacillus stearothermophilus neutral proteases (nprT, nprS, nprM), and Bacillus subtilis prsA. Further signal peptides are described by Simonen and Palva, 1993, Microbiological Reviews 57: 109-137.
  • Effective signal peptide coding sequences for filamentous fungal host cells are the signal peptide coding sequences obtained from the genes for Aspergillus niger neutral amylase, Aspergillus n/ ' gerglucoamylase, Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, Humicola insolens cellulase, Humicola insolens endoglucanase V, Humicola lanuginosa lipase, and Rhizomucor miehei aspartic proteinase.
  • Useful signal peptides for yeast host cells are obtained from the genes for Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor and Saccharomyces cerevisiae invertase. Other useful signal peptide coding sequences are described by Romanos et a/., 1992, supra.
  • the control sequence may also be a propeptide coding sequence that encodes a propeptide positioned at the N-terminus of a polypeptide.
  • the resultant polypeptide is known as a proenzyme or propolypeptide (or a zymogen in some cases).
  • a propolypeptide is generally inactive and can be converted to an active polypeptide by catalytic or autocatalytic cleavage of the propeptide from the propolypeptide.
  • the propeptide coding sequence may be obtained from the genes for Bacillus subtilis alkaline protease (aprE), Bacillus subtilis neutral protease (nprT), Myceliophthora thermophila laccase (WO 95/33836), Rhizomucor miehei aspartic proteinase, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor. Where both signal peptide and propeptide sequences are present, the propeptide sequence is positioned next to the N-terminus of a polypeptide and the signal peptide sequence is positioned next to the N-terminus of the propeptide sequence.
  • regulatory sequences that regulate expression of the polypeptide relative to the growth of the host cell.
  • regulatory sequences are those that cause expression of the gene to be turned on or off in response to a chemical or physical stimulus, including the presence of a regulatory compound.
  • Regulatory sequences in prokaryotic systems include the lac, tac, and tip operator systems.
  • yeast the ADH2 system or GAL1 system may be used.
  • the Aspergillus niger glucoamylase promoter In filamentous fungi, the Aspergillus niger glucoamylase promoter, Aspergillus oryzae TAKA alpha-amylase promoter, and Aspergillus oryzae glucoamylase promoter, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase I promoter, and Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase II promoter may be used.
  • Other examples of regulatory sequences are those that allow for gene amplification. In eukaryotic systems, these regulatory sequences include the dihydrofolate reductase gene that is amplified in the presence of methotrexate, and the metallothionein genes that are amplified with heavy metals. In these cases, the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide would be operably linked to the regulatory sequence.
  • the various nucleotide and control sequences described above may be joined together to produce a recombinant expression vector that may include one or more (e.g., several) convenient restriction sites to allow for insertion or substitution of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, e.g., a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a cellulolytic enzyme, a hemicellulolytic enzyme, etc., at such sites.
  • the polynucleotide may be expressed by inserting the polynucleotide or a nucleic acid construct comprising the sequence into an appropriate vector for expression.
  • the coding sequence is located in the vector so that the coding sequence is operably linked with the appropriate control sequences for expression.
  • the recombinant expression vector may be any vector (e.g., a plasmid or virus) that can be conveniently subjected to recombinant DNA procedures and can bring about expression of the polynucleotide.
  • the choice of the vector will typically depend on the compatibility of the vector with the host cell into which the vector is to be introduced.
  • the vector may be a linear or closed circular plasmid.
  • the vector may be an autonomously replicating vector, i.e., a vector that exists as an extrachromosomal entity, the replication of which is independent of chromosomal replication, e.g. , a plasmid, an extrachromosomal element, a minichromosome, or an artificial chromosome.
  • the vector may contain any means for assuring self-replication.
  • the vector may be one that, when introduced into the host cell, is integrated into the genome and replicated together with the chromosome(s) into which it has been integrated.
  • a single vector or plasmid or two or more vectors or plasmids that together contain the total DNA to be introduced into the genome of the host cell, or a transposon may be used.
  • the vector preferably contains one or more (e.g. , several) selectable markers that permit easy selection of transformed, transfected, transduced, or the like cells.
  • a selectable marker is a gene the product of which provides for biocide or viral resistance, resistance to heavy metals, prototrophy to auxotrophs, and the like.
  • bacterial selectable markers are Bacillus licheniformis or Bacillus subtilis dal genes, or markers that confer antibiotic resistance such as ampicillin, chloramphenicol, kanamycin, neomycin, spectinomycin, or tetracycline resistance.
  • Suitable markers for yeast host cells include, but are not limited to, ADE2, HIS3, LEU2, LYS2, MET3, TRP1 , and URA3.
  • Selectable markers for use in a filamentous fungal host cell include, but are not limited to, adeA (phosphoribosylaminoimidazole-succinocarboxamide synthase), adeB (phosphoribosyl- aminoimidazole synthase), amdS (acetamidase), argB (ornithine carbamoyltransferase), bar (phosphinothricin acetyltransferase), hph (hygromycin phosphotransferase), niaD (nitrate reductase), pyrG (orotidine-5'-phosphate decarboxylase), sC (sulfate adenyltransferase), and trpC (anthranilate synthase), as well as equivalents thereof.
  • adeA phosphoribosylaminoimidazole-succinocarboxamide synthase
  • adeB phospho
  • Preferred for use in a Trichoderma cell are adeA, adeB, amdS, hph, and pyrG genes.
  • the selectable marker may be a dual selectable marker system as described in WO 2010/039889.
  • the dual selectable marker is a hph-tk dual selectable marker system.
  • the vector preferably contains an element(s) that permits integration of the vector into the host cell's genome or autonomous replication of the vector in the cell independent of the genome.
  • the vector may rely on the polynucleotide's sequence encoding the polypeptide or any other element of the vector for integration into the genome by homologous or non-homologous recombination.
  • the vector may contain additional polynucleotides for directing integration by homologous recombination into the genome of the host cell at a precise location(s) in the chromosome(s).
  • the integrational elements should contain a sufficient number of nucleic acids, such as 100 to 10,000 base pairs, 400 to 10,000 base pairs, and 800 to 10,000 base pairs, which have a high degree of sequence identity to the corresponding target sequence to enhance the probability of homologous recombination.
  • the integrational elements may be any sequence that is homologous with the target sequence in the genome of the host cell. Furthermore, the integrational elements may be non-encoding or encoding polynucleotides. On the other hand, the vector may be integrated into the genome of the host cell by non-homologous recombination.
  • the vector may further comprise an origin of replication enabling the vector to replicate autonomously in the host cell in question.
  • the origin of replication may be any plasmid replicator mediating autonomous replication that functions in a cell.
  • the term "origin of replication" or "plasmid replicator” means a polynucleotide that enables a plasmid or vector to replicate in vivo.
  • bacterial origins of replication are the origins of replication of plasmids pBR322, pUC19, pACYC177, and pACYC184 permitting replication in E. coli, and pUB1 10, pE194, pTA1060, and ⁇ permitting replication in Bacillus.
  • origins of replication for use in a yeast host cell are the 2 micron origin of replication, ARS1 , ARS4, the combination of ARS1 and CEN3, and the combination of ARS4 and CEN6.
  • origins of replication useful in a filamentous fungal cell are AMA1 and ANSI
  • More than one copy of a polynucleotide may be inserted into a host cell to increase production of a polypeptide.
  • An increase in the copy number of the polynucleotide can be obtained by integrating at least one additional copy of the sequence into the host cell genome or by including an amplifiable selectable marker gene with the polynucleotide where cells containing amplified copies of the selectable marker gene, and thereby additional copies of the polynucleotide, can be selected for by cultivating the cells in the presence of the appropriate selectable agent.
  • Recombinant host cells comprising a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, e.g., a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a cellulolytic enzyme, a hemicellulolytic enzyme, etc., can be advantageously used in the recombinant production of the polypeptide.
  • a construct or vector comprising such a polynucleotide is introduced into a host cell so that the construct or vector is maintained as a chromosomal integrant or as a self-replicating extra- chromosomal vector as described earlier.
  • the term "host cell” encompasses any progeny of a parent cell that is not identical to the parent cell due to mutations that occur during replication. The choice of a host cell will to a large extent depend upon the gene encoding the polypeptide and its source.
  • the host cell may be any cell useful in the recombinant production of a polypeptide, e.g., a prokaryote or a eukaryote.
  • the prokaryotic host cell may be any Gram-positive or Gram-negative bacterium.
  • Gram- positive bacteria include, but are not limited to, Bacillus, Clostridium, Enterococcus, Geobacillus, Lactobacillus, Lactococcus, Oceanobacillus, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, and Streptomyces.
  • Gram-negative bacteria include, but are not limited to, Campylobacter, £ coli, Flavobacterium, Fusobacterium, Helicobacter, llyobacter, Neisseria, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, and Ureaplasma.
  • the bacterial host cell may be any Bacillus cell including, but not limited to, Bacillus alkalophilus, Bacillus amyloliquefaciens, Bacillus brevis, Bacillus circulans, Bacillus clausii, Bacillus coagulans, Bacillus firmus, Bacillus lautus, Bacillus lentus, Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus stearothermophilus, Bacillus subtilis, and Bacillus thuringiensis cells.
  • the bacterial host cell may also be any Streptococcus cell including, but not limited to, Streptococcus equisimilis, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus uberis, and Streptococcus egu/ subsp. Zooepidemicus cells.
  • the bacterial host cell may also be any Streptomyces cell including, but not limited to, Streptomyces achromogenes, Streptomyces avermitilis, Streptomyces coelicolor, Streptomyces griseus, and Streptomyces lividans cells.
  • coli cell may be effected by protoplast transformation (see, e.g., Hanahan, 1983, J. Mol. Biol. 166: 557-580) or electroporation (see, e.g., Dower et al , 1988, Nucleic Acids Res. 16: 6127-6145).
  • the introduction of DNA into a Streptomyces cell may be effected by protoplast transformation, electroporation (see, e.g., Gong et al., 2004, Folia Microbiol. (Praha) 49: 399-405), conjugation (see, e.g., Mazodier e/ a/. , 1989, J. Bacteriol.
  • DNA into a Pseudomonas cell may be effected by electroporation (see, e.g., Choi et a/. , 2006, J. Microbiol. Methods 64: 391-397) or conjugation (see, e.g., Pinedo and Smets, 2005, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 71 : 51 -57).
  • the introduction of DNA into a Streptococcus cell may be effected by natural competence (see, e.g., Perry and Kuramitsu, 1981 , Infect. Immun. 32: 1295-1297), protoplast transformation (see, e.g., Catt and Jollick, 1991 , Microbios 68: 189-207), electroporation (see, e.g., Buckley et a/., 1999, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: 3800-3804), or conjugation (see, e.g., Clewell, 1981 , Microbiol. Rev. 45: 409-436).
  • any method known in the art for introducing DNA into a host cell can be used.
  • the host cell may also be a eukaryote, such as a mammalian, insect, plant, or fungal cell.
  • the host cell may be a fungal cell.
  • "Fungi” as used herein includes the phyla Ascomycota, Basidiomycota, Chytridiomycota, and Zygomycota as well as the Oomycota and all mitosporic fungi (as defined by Hawksworth et a/. , In, Ainsworth and Bisby's Dictionary of The Fungi, 8th edition, 1995, CAB International, University Press, Cambridge, UK).
  • the fungal host cell may be a yeast cell.
  • yeast as used herein includes ascosporogenous yeast (Endomycetales), basidiosporogenous yeast, and yeast belonging to the Fungi Imperfecti (Blastomycetes). Since the classification of yeast may change in the future, for the purposes of this invention, yeast shall be defined as described in Biology and Activities of Yeast (Skinner, Passmore, and Davenport, editors, Soc. App. Bacteriol. Symposium Series No. 9, 1980).
  • the yeast host cell may be a Candida, Hansenula, Kluyveromyces, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Schizosaccharomyces, or Yarrowia cell, such as a Kluyveromyces lactis, Saccharomyces carisbergensis, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Saccharomyces diastaticus, Saccharomyces douglasii, Saccharomyces kluyveri, Saccharomyces norbensis, Saccharomyces oviformis, or Yarrowia lipolytica cell.
  • the fungal host cell may be a filamentous fungal cell.
  • "Filamentous fungi” include all filamentous forms of the subdivision Eumycota and Oomycota (as defined by Hawksworth et al., 1995, supra).
  • the filamentous fungi are generally characterized by a mycelial wall composed of chitin, cellulose, glucan, chitosan, mannan, and other complex polysaccharides. Vegetative growth is by hyphal elongation and carbon catabolism is obligately aerobic. In contrast, vegetative growth by yeasts such as Saccharomyces cerevisiae is by budding of a unicellular thallus and carbon catabolism may be fermentative.
  • the filamentous fungal host cell may be an Acremonium, Aspergillus, Aureobasidium, Bjerkandera, Ceriporiopsis, Chrysosporium, Coprinus, Coriolus, Cryptococcus, Filibasidium, Fusarium, Humicola, Magnaporthe, Mucor, Myceliophthora, Neocallimastix, Neurospora, Paecilomyces, Penicillium, Phanerochaete, Phlebia, Piromyces, Pleurotus, Schizophyllum, Talaromyces, Thermoascus, Thielavia, Tolypocladium, Trametes, or Trichoderma cell.
  • the filamentous fungal host cell may be an Aspergillus awamori, Aspergillus foetidus, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus japonicus, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Bjerkandera adusta, Cenponopsis aneinna, Ceriporiopsis caregiea, Ceriporiopsis gilvescens, Ceriporiopsis pannocinta, Ceriporiopsis rivulosa, Ceriporiopsis subrufa, Ceriporiopsis subvermispora, Chrysosporium inops, Chrysosporium keratinophilum, Chrysosporium lucknowense, Chrysosporium merdarium, Chrysosporium pannicola, Chrysosporium queenslandicum, Chrysosporium tropicum, Chrysosporium zonatum
  • Fungal cells may be transformed by a process involving protoplast formation, transformation of the protoplasts, and regeneration of the cell wall in a manner known per se.
  • Suitable procedures for transformation of Aspergillus and Trichoderma host cells are described in EP 238023, Yelton et al. , 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 : 1470-1474, and Christensen et al., 1988, Bio/Technology 6: 1419-1422.
  • Suitable methods for transforming Fusa rium species are described by Malardier et al. , 1989, Gene 78: 147-156, and WO 96/00787.
  • Yeast may be transformed using the procedures described by Becker and Guarente, In Abelson, J.N. and Simon, M.I., editors, Guide to Yeast Genetics and Molecular Biology, Methods in Enzymology, Volume 194, pp 182-187, Academic Press, Inc., New York; Ito et al. , 1983, J. Bacteriol. 153: 163; and Hinnen et al , 1978, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75: 1920. Methods of Production
  • Methods for producing a polypeptide comprise (a) cultivating a cell, which in its wild-type form is capable of producing the polypeptide, under conditions conducive for production of the polypeptide; and (b) recovering the polypeptide.
  • methods for producing a polypeptide comprise (a) cultivating a recombinant host cell under conditions conducive for production of the polypeptide; and (b) recovering the polypeptide.
  • the cells are cultivated in a nutrient medium suitable for production of the polypeptide using methods known in the art.
  • the cells may be cultivated by shake flask cultivation, or small-scale or large-scale fermentation (including continuous, batch, fed-batch, or solid state fermentations) in laboratory or industrial fermentors in a suitable medium and under conditions allowing the polypeptide to be expressed and/or isolated.
  • the cultivation takes place in a suitable nutrient medium comprising carbon and nitrogen sources and inorganic salts, using procedures known in the art. Suitable media are available from commercial suppliers or may be prepared according to published compositions (e.g., in catalogues of the American Type Culture Collection). If the polypeptide is secreted into the nutrient medium, the polypeptide can be recovered directly from the medium. If the polypeptide is not secreted, it can be recovered from cell lysates.
  • the polypeptide may be detected using methods known in the art that are specific for the polypeptides. These detection methods include, but are not limited to, use of specific antibodies, formation of an enzyme product, or disappearance of an enzyme substrate. For example, an enzyme assay may be used to determine the activity of the polypeptide.
  • the polypeptides having cellulolytic enhancing activity are detected using the methods described herein.
  • the resulting broth may be used as is or the polypeptide may be recovered using methods known in the art.
  • the polypeptide may be recovered from the nutrient medium by conventional procedures including, but not limited to, collection, centrifugation, filtration, extraction, spray-drying, evaporation, or precipitation.
  • the whole fermentation broth is recovered.
  • the polypeptide may be purified by a variety of procedures known in the art including, but not limited to, chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity, hydrophobic, chromatofocusing, and size exclusion), electrophoretic procedures (e.g., preparative isoelectric focusing), differential solubility (e.g., ammonium sulfate precipitation), SDS-PAGE, or extraction (see, e.g., Protein Purification, Janson and Ryden, editors, VCH Publishers, New York, 1989) to obtain substantially pure polypeptides.
  • chromatography e.g., ion exchange, affinity, hydrophobic, chromatofocusing, and size exclusion
  • electrophoretic procedures e.g., preparative isoelectric focusing
  • differential solubility e.g., ammonium sulfate precipitation
  • SDS-PAGE or extraction (see, e.g., Protein Purification, Janson and Ryden, editors, VCH Publishers, New York, 1989)
  • polypeptide is not recovered, but rather a host cell expressing the polypeptide is used as a source of the polypeptide.
  • compositions and methods of the present invention can be used to convert a cellulosic material to sugars and convert the sugars to many useful substances, e.g., fuel, potable ethanol, and/or fermentation products (e.g., acids, alcohols, ketones, gases, and the like).
  • useful substances e.g., fuel, potable ethanol, and/or fermentation products (e.g., acids, alcohols, ketones, gases, and the like).
  • fermentation products e.g., acids, alcohols, ketones, gases, and the like.
  • the production of a desired fermentation product from cellulosic material typically involves pretreatment, enzymatic hydrolysis (saccharification), and fermentation.
  • the present invention relates to methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, comprising: treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • the methods above further comprise recovering the degraded or converted cellulosic material. Soluble products of degradation or conversion of the cellulosic material can be separated from the insoluble cellulosic material using technology well known in the art such as, for example, centrifugation, filtration, and gravity settling.
  • the present invention also relates to methods for producing a fermentation product, comprising: (a) saccharifying a cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent; (b) fermenting the saccharified cellulosic material with one or more (e.g., several) fermenting microorganisms to produce the fermentation product; and (c) recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation.
  • the present invention further relates to methods of fermenting a cellulosic material, comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more (e.g., several) fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • the fermenting of the cellulosic material produces a fermentation product.
  • the methods further comprise recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation.
  • the reducing agent is recovered following saccharification or fermentation and recycled back to a new saccharification reaction. Recycling of the reducing agent can be accomplished using processes conventional in the art.
  • the processing of the cellulosic material according to the present invention can be accomplished using processes conventional in the art. Moreover, the methods of the present invention can be implemented using any conventional biomass processing apparatus configured to operate in accordance with the invention.
  • Hydrolysis (saccharification) and fermentation, separate or simultaneous include, but are not limited to, separate hydrolysis and fermentation (SHF); simultaneous saccharification and fermentation (SSF); simultaneous saccharification and co-fermentation (SSCF); hybrid hydrolysis and fermentation (HHF); separate hydrolysis and co-fermentation (SHCF); hybrid hydrolysis and co-fermentation (HHCF); and direct microbial conversion (DMC), also sometimes called consolidated bioprocessing (CBP).
  • SHF uses separate process steps to first enzymatically hydrolyze the cellulosic material to fermentable sugars, e.g., glucose, cellobiose, and pentose monomers, and then ferment the fermentable sugars to ethanol.
  • SSF the enzymatic hydrolysis of the cellulosic material and the fermentation of sugars to ethanol are combined in one step (Philippidis, G. P., 1996, Cellulose byconversion technology, in Handbook on Bioethanol: Production and Utilization, Wyman, C. E., ed., Taylor & Francis, Washington, DC, 179-212).
  • SSCF involves the co-fermentation of multiple sugars (Sheehan, J., and Himmel, M., 1999, Enzymes, energy and the environment: A strategic perspective on the U.S. Department of Energy's research and development activities for bioethanol, Biotechnol. Prog. 15: 817-827).
  • HHF involves a separate hydrolysis step, and in addition a simultaneous saccharification and hydrolysis step, which can be carried out in the same reactor.
  • the steps in an HHF process can be carried out at different temperatures, i.e., high temperature enzymatic saccharification followed by SSF at a lower temperature that the fermentation strain can tolerate.
  • DMC combines all three processes (enzyme production, hydrolysis, and fermentation) in one or more (e.g., several) steps where the same organism is used to produce the enzymes for conversion of the cellulosic material to fermentable sugars and to convert the fermentable sugars into a final product (Lynd, L. R., Weimer, P. J., van Zyl, W. H., and Pretorius, I.
  • a conventional apparatus can include a fed-batch stirred reactor, a batch stirred reactor, a continuous flow stirred reactor with ultrafiltration, and/or a continuous plug-flow column reactor (Fernanda de Castilhos Corazza, Flavio Faria de Moraes, Gisella Maria Zanin and Ivo Neitzel, 2003, Optimal control in fed-batch reactor for the cellobiose hydrolysis, Acta Scientiarum. Technology 25: 33-38; Gusakov, A. V., and Sinitsyn, A. P., 1985, Kinetics of the enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulose: 1. A mathematical model for a batch reactor process, Enz. Microb. Technol.
  • an attrition reactor (Ryu, S. K., and Lee, J. M., 1983, Bioconversion of waste cellulose by using an attrition bioreactor, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 25: 53-65), or a reactor with intensive stirring induced by an electromagnetic field (Gusakov, A. V., Sinitsyn, A. P., Davydkin, I. Y., Davydkin, V. Y., Protas, O. V., 1996, Enhancement of enzymatic cellulose hydrolysis using a novel type of bioreactor with intensive stirring induced by electromagnetic field, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 56: 141-153).
  • Additional reactor types include: fluidized bed, upflow blanket, immobilized, and extruder type reactors for hydrolysis and/or fermentation.
  • any pretreatment process known in the art can be used to disrupt plant cell wall components of the cellulosic material (Chandra et a/. , 2007, Substrate pretreatment: The key to effective enzymatic hydrolysis of lignocellulosics? Adv. Biochem. Engin. /Biotechnol. 108: 67-93; Galbe and Zacchi, 2007, Pretreatment of lignocellulosic materials for efficient bioethanol production, Adv. Biochem. Engin. / Biotechnol. 108: 41-65; Hendriks and Zeeman, 2009, Pretreatments to enhance the digestibility of lignocellulosic biomass, Bioresource Technol.
  • the cellulosic material can also be subjected to particle size reduction, sieving, pre- soaking, wetting, washing, and/or conditioning prior to pretreatment using methods known in the art.
  • Conventional pretreatments include, but are not limited to, steam pretreatment (with or without explosion), dilute acid pretreatment, hot water pretreatment, alkaline pretreatment, lime pretreatment, wet oxidation, wet explosion, ammonia fiber explosion, organosolv pretreatment, and biological pretreatment.
  • Additional pretreatments include ammonia percolation, ultrasound, electroporation, microwave, supercritical C0 2 , supercritical H 2 0, ozone, ionic liquid, and gamma irradiation pretreatments.
  • the cellulosic material can be pretreated before hydrolysis and/or fermentation. Pretreatment is preferably performed prior to the hydrolysis. Alternatively, the pretreatment can be carried out simultaneously with enzyme hydrolysis to release fermentable sugars, such as glucose, xylose, and/or cellobiose. In most cases the pretreatment step itself results in some conversion of biomass to fermentable sugars (even in absence of enzymes).
  • the cellulosic material is heated to disrupt the plant cell wall components, including lignin, hemicellulose, and cellulose to make the cellulose and other fractions, e.g., hemicellulose, accessible to enzymes.
  • the cellulosic material is passed to or through a reaction vessel where steam is injected to increase the temperature to the required temperature and pressure and is retained therein for the desired reaction time.
  • Steam pretreatment is preferably performed at 140-250°C, e.g., 160-200°C or 170-190°C, where the optimal temperature range depends on addition of a chemical catalyst.
  • Residence time for the steam pretreatment is preferably 1 -60 minutes, e.g., 1-30 minutes, 1-20 minutes, 3- 12 minutes, or 4-10 minutes, where the optimal residence time depends on temperature range and addition of a chemical catalyst.
  • Steam pretreatment allows for relatively high solids loadings, so that the cellulosic material is generally only moist during the pretreatment.
  • the steam pretreatment is often combined with an explosive discharge of the material after the pretreatment, which is known as steam explosion, that is, rapid flashing to atmospheric pressure and turbulent flow of the material to increase the accessible surface area by fragmentation (Duff and Murray, 1996, Bioresource Technology 855: 1 -33; Galbe and Zacchi, 2002, Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 59: 618-628; U.S.
  • Patent Application No. 20020164730 During steam pretreatment, hemicellulose acetyl groups are cleaved and the resulting acid autocatalyzes partial hydrolysis of the hemicellulose to monosaccharides and oligosaccharides. Lignin is removed to only a limited extent.
  • Chemical Pretreatment refers to any chemical pretreatment that promotes the separation and/or release of cellulose, hemicellulose, and/or lignin. Such a pretreatment can convert crystalline cellulose to amorphous cellulose.
  • suitable chemical pretreatment processes include, for example, dilute acid pretreatment, lime pretreatment, wet oxidation, ammonia fiber/freeze explosion (AFEX), ammonia percolation (APR), ionic liquid, and organosolv pretreatments.
  • a catalyst such as H 2 S0 4 or S0 2 (typically 0.3 to 5% w/w) is often added prior to steam pretreatment, which decreases the time and temperature, increases the recovery, and improves enzymatic hydrolysis (Ballesteros et a/., 2006, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 129-132: 496-508; Varga et al. , 2004, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 113-1 16: 509-523; Sassner et a/. , 2006, Enzyme Microb. Technol. 39: 756-762).
  • the cellulosic material is mixed with dilute acid, typically H 2 S0 4 , and water to form a slurry, heated by steam to the desired temperature, and after a residence time flashed to atmospheric pressure.
  • dilute acid pretreatment can be performed with a number of reactor designs, e.g., plug-flow reactors, counter- current reactors, or continuous counter-current shrinking bed reactors (Duff and Murray, 1996, supra; Schell et al., 2004, Bioresource Technol. 91 : 179-188; Lee et al., 1999, Adv. Biochem. Eng. Biotechnol. 65: 93-115).
  • alkaline pretreatments include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, lime, wet oxidation, ammonia percolation (APR), and ammonia fiber/freeze explosion (AFEX).
  • Lime pretreatment is performed with calcium oxide or calcium hydroxide at temperatures of 85-150°C and residence times from 1 hour to several days (Wyman et ai, 2005, Bioresource Technol. 96: 1959-1966; Mosier et ai, 2005, Bioresource Technol. 96: 673-686).
  • WO 2006/110891 , WO 2006/110899, WO 2006/110900, and WO 2006/110901 disclose pretreatment methods using ammonia.
  • Wet oxidation is a thermal pretreatment performed typically at 180-200°C for 5-15 minutes with addition of an oxidative agent such as hydrogen peroxide or over-pressure of oxygen (Schmidt and Thomsen, 1998, Bioresource Technol. 64: 139-151 ; Palonen et ai, 2004, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 117: 1-17; Varga et al., 2004, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 88: 567-574; Martin et ai, 2006, J. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol. 81 : 1669-1677).
  • the pretreatment is performed preferably at 1 -40% dry matter, e.g., 2-30% dry matter or 5-20% dry matter, and often the initial pH is increased by the addition of alkali such as sodium carbonate.
  • a modification of the wet oxidation pretreatment method known as wet explosion (combination of wet oxidation and steam explosion), can handle dry matter up to 30%.
  • wet explosion combination of wet oxidation and steam explosion
  • the oxidizing agent is introduced during pretreatment after a certain residence time.
  • the pretreatment is then ended by flashing to atmospheric pressure (WO 2006/032282).
  • Ammonia fiber explosion involves treating the cellulosic material with liquid or gaseous ammonia at moderate temperatures such as 90-150°C and high pressure such as 17-20 bar for 5-10 minutes, where the dry matter content can be as high as 60% (Gollapalli et ai, 2002, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 98: 23-35; Chundawat et ai, 2007, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 96: 219-231 ; Alizadeh et ai, 2005, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 121 : 1133-1141 ; Teymouri et ai, 2005, Bioresource Technol. 96: 2014-2018).
  • cellulose and hemicelluloses remain relatively intact. Lignin-carbohydrate complexes are cleaved.
  • Organosolv pretreatment delignifies the cellulosic material by extraction using aqueous ethanol (40-60% ethanol) at 160-200°C for 30-60 minutes (Pan et ai, 2005, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 90: 473-481 ; Pan et ai, 2006, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 94: 851-861 ; Kurabi et ai, 2005, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 121 : 219-230). Sulphuric acid is usually added as a catalyst. In organosolv pretreatment, the majority of hemicellulose and lignin is removed.
  • the chemical pretreatment is preferably carried out as a dilute acid treatment, and more preferably as a continuous dilute acid treatment.
  • the acid is typically sulfuric acid, but other acids can also be used, such as acetic acid, citric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, hydrogen chloride, or mixtures thereof.
  • Mild acid treatment is conducted in the pH range of preferably 1-5, e.g., 1 -4 or 1-2.5.
  • the acid concentration is in the range from preferably 0.01 to 10 wt % acid, e.g., 0.05 to 5 wt % acid or 0.1 to 2 wt % acid.
  • the acid is contacted with the cellulosic material and held at a temperature in the range of preferably 140- 200°C, e.g., 165-190°C, for periods ranging from 1 to 60 minutes.
  • pretreatment takes place in an aqueous slurry.
  • the cellulosic material is present during pretreatment in amounts preferably between 10-80 wt %, e.g., 20-70 wt % or 30-60 wt %, such as around 40 wt %.
  • the pretreated cellulosic material can be unwashed or washed using any method known in the art, e.g., washed with water.
  • mechanical pretreatment or Physical pretreatment refers to any pretreatment that promotes size reduction of particles.
  • pretreatment can involve various types of grinding or milling (e.g., dry milling, wet milling, or vibratory ball milling).
  • the cellulosic material can be pretreated both physically (mechanically) and chemically. Mechanical or physical pretreatment can be coupled with steaming/steam explosion, hydrothermolysis, dilute or mild acid treatment, high temperature, high pressure treatment, irradiation (e.g., microwave irradiation), or combinations thereof.
  • high pressure means pressure in the range of preferably about 100 to about 400 psi, e.g., about 150 to about 250 psi.
  • high temperature means temperatures in the range of about 100 to about 300°C, e.g., about 140 to about 200°C.
  • mechanical or physical pretreatment is performed in a batch-process using a steam gun hydrolyzer system that uses high pressure and high temperature as defined above, e.g., a Sunds Hydrolyzer available from Sunds Defibrator AB, Sweden.
  • the physical and chemical pretreatments can be carried out sequentially or simultaneously, as desired.
  • the cellulosic material is subjected to physical (mechanical) or chemical pretreatment, or any combination thereof, to promote the separation and/or release of cellulose, hemicellulose, and/or lignin.
  • Biopretreatment refers to any biological pretreatment that promotes the separation and/or release of cellulose, hemicellulose, and/or lignin from the cellulosic material.
  • Biological pretreatment techniques can involve applying lignin-solubilizing microorganisms and/or enzymes (see, for example, Hsu, T.-A., 1996, Pretreatment of biomass, in Handbook on Bioethanol: Production and Utilization, Wyman, C. E., ed., Taylor s Francis, Washington, DC, 179-212; Ghosh and Singh, 1993, Physicochemical and biological treatments for enzymatic/microbial conversion of cellulosic biomass, Adv. Appl. Microbiol.
  • Saccharification In the hydrolysis step, also known as saccharification, the cellulosic material, e.g., pretreated, is hydrolyzed to break down cellulose and alternatively also hemicellulose to sugars, such as glucose, cellobiose, xylose, xylulose, arabinose, mannose, galactose, and/or soluble oligosaccharides.
  • sugars such as glucose, cellobiose, xylose, xylulose, arabinose, mannose, galactose, and/or soluble oligosaccharides.
  • the sugars, and/or soluble oligosaccharides can further be further used to produce an alcohol (e.g., arabinitol, n-butanol, isobutanol, ethanol, glycerol, methanol, ethylene glycol, 1 ,3-propanediol [propylene glycol], butanediol, glycerin, sorbitol, and xylitol); an alkane (e.g., pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, and dodecane), a cycloalkane (e.g., cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, and cyclooctane), an alkene (e.g., an alcohol (e.g., arabinitol, n-butanol, isobutanol
  • pentene, hexene, heptene, and octene ); an amino acid (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glycine, lysine, serine, and threonine); a gas (e.g., methane, hydrogen (H 2 ), carbon dioxide (C0 2 ), and carbon monoxide (CO)); isoprene; a ketone (e.g., acetone); an organic acid (e.g., acetic acid, acetonic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, citric acid, 2,5-diketo-D-gluconic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, glucaric acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutaric acid, 3-hydroxypropionic acid, itaconic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, oxalic acid, oxaloacetic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, and x
  • the hydrolysis is performed enzymatically by an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • the reducing agent and enzyme composition can be added simultaneously or sequentially.
  • Enzymatic hydrolysis is preferably carried out in a suitable aqueous environment under conditions that can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
  • hydrolysis is performed under conditions suitable for the activity of the enzyme(s), i.e., optimal for the enzyme(s).
  • the hydrolysis can be carried out as a fed batch or continuous process where the cellulosic material is fed gradually to, for example, an enzyme containing hydrolysis solution.
  • the saccharification is generally performed in stirred-tank reactors or fermentors under controlled pH, temperature, and mixing conditions. Suitable process time, temperature and pH conditions can readily be determined by one skilled in the art.
  • the saccharification can last up to 200 hours, but is typically performed for preferably about 12 to about 120 hours, e.g., about 16 to about 72 hours or about 24 to about 48 hours.
  • the temperature is in the range of preferably about 25°C to about 70°C, e.g., about 30°C to about 65°C, about 40°C to about 60°C, or about 50°C to about 55°C.
  • the pH is in the range of preferably about 3 to about 8, e.g., about 3.5 to about 7, about 4 to about 6, or about 5.0 to about 5.5.
  • the dry solids content is in the range of preferably about 5 to about 50 wt %, e.g., about 10 to about 40 wt % or about 20 to about 30 wt %.
  • the enzyme compositions can comprise any protein useful in degrading the cellulosic material.
  • the optimum amounts of the enzymes depend on several factors including, but not limited to, the mixture of component cellulolytic enzymes and/or hemicellulolytic enzymes, the cellulosic material, the concentration of cellulosic material, the pretreatment(s) of the cellulosic material, temperature, time, pH, and inclusion of fermenting organism (e.g., yeast for Simultaneous Saccharification and Fermentation).
  • fermenting organism e.g., yeast for Simultaneous Saccharification and Fermentation.
  • an effective amount of cellulolytic or hemicellulolytic enzyme to the cellulosic material is about 0.5 to about 50 mg, e.g., about 0.5 to about 40 mg, about 0.5 to about 25 mg, about 0.75 to about 20 mg, about 0.75 to about 15 mg, about 0.5 to about 10 mg, or about 2.5 to about 10 mg per g of the cellulosic material.
  • an effective amount of a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity to the cellulosic material is about 0.01 to about 50.0 mg, e.g., about 0.01 to about 40 mg, about 0.01 to about 30 mg, about 0.01 to about 20 mg, about 0.01 to about 10 mg, about 0.01 to about 5 mg, about 0.025 to about 1.5 mg, about 0.05 to about 1 .25 mg, about 0.075 to about 1.25 mg, about 0.1 to about 1.25 mg, about 0.15 to about 1 .25 mg, or about 0.25 to about 1 .0 mg per g of the cellulosic material.
  • an effective amount of a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity to cellulolytic or hemicellulolytic enzyme is about 0.005 to about 1 .0 g, e.g., about 0.01 to about 1.0 g, about 0.15 to about 0.75 g, about 0.15 to about 0.5 g, about 0.1 to about 0.5 g, about 0.1 to about 0.25 g, or about 0.05 to about 0.2 g per g of cellulolytic or hemicellulolytic enzyme.
  • the fermentable sugars obtained from the hydrolyzed cellulosic material can be fermented by one or more (e.g. , several) fermenting microorganisms capable of fermenting the sugars directly or indirectly into a desired fermentation product.
  • Fermentation or “fermentation process” refers to any fermentation process or any process comprising a fermentation step. Fermentation processes also include fermentation processes used in the consumable alcohol industry (e.g. , beer and wine), dairy industry (e.g. , fermented dairy products), leather industry, and tobacco industry.
  • the fermentation conditions depend on the desired fermentation product and fermenting organism and can easily be determined by one skilled in the art.
  • sugars released from the cellulosic material as a result of the pretreatment and enzymatic hydrolysis steps, are fermented to a product, e.g., ethanol, by a fermenting organism, such as yeast.
  • Hydrolysis (saccharification) and fermentation can be separate or simultaneous, as described herein.
  • Any suitable hydrolyzed cellulosic material can be used in the fermentation step in practicing the present invention.
  • the material is generally selected based on the desired fermentation product, i.e., the substance to be obtained from the fermentation, and the process employed, as is well known in the art.
  • fermentation medium is understood herein to refer to a medium before the fermenting microorganism(s) is(are) added, such as, a medium resulting from a saccharification process, as well as a medium used in a simultaneous saccharification and fermentation process (SSF).
  • SSF simultaneous saccharification and fermentation process
  • “Fermenting microorganism” refers to any microorganism, including bacterial and fungal organisms, suitable for use in a desired fermentation process to produce a fermentation product.
  • the fermenting organism can be hexose and/or pentose fermenting organisms, or a combination thereof. Both hexose and pentose fermenting organisms are well known in the art.
  • Suitable fermenting microorganisms are able to ferment, i.e. , convert, sugars, such as glucose, xylose, xylulose, arabinose, maltose, mannose, galactose, and/or oligosaccharides, directly or indirectly into the desired fermentation product.
  • yeast and fungal organisms producing ethanol examples include bacterial and fungal organisms, such as yeast.
  • yeast includes strains of Candida, Kluyveromyces, and Saccharomyces, e.g., Candida sonorensis, Kluyveromyces marxianus, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  • Preferred xylose fermenting yeast include strains of Candida, preferably C. sheatae or C. sonorensis; and strains of Pichia, preferably P. stipitis, such as P. stipitis CBS 5773.
  • Preferred pentose fermenting yeast include strains of Pachysolen, preferably P. tannophilus.
  • Organisms not capable of fermenting pentose sugars, such as xylose and arabinose may be genetically modified to do so by methods known in the art
  • fermenting organisms include strains of Bacillus, such as Bacillus coagulans;
  • Candida such as C. sonorensis, C. methanosorbosa, C. diddensiae, C. parapsilosis, C. naedodendra, C. blankii, C. entomophilia, C. brassicae, C. pseudotropicalis, C. boidinii, C. utilis, and C. scehatae; Clostridium, such as C. acetobutylicum, C. thermocellum, and C. phytofermentans; £ coli, especially £ coli strains that have been genetically modified to improve the yield of ethanol; Geobacillus sp.; Hansenula, such as Hansenula anomala; Klebsiella, such as K.
  • Kluyveromyces such as K. marxianus, K. lactis, K. thermotolerans, and K. fragilis
  • Schizosaccharomyces such as S. pombe
  • Thermoanaerobacter such as Thermoanaerobacter saccharolyticum
  • Zymomonas such as Zymomonas mobilis.
  • the yeast is a Bretannomyces. In a more preferred aspect, the yeast is Bretannomyces clausenii. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Candida. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida sonorensis. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida boidinii. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida blankii. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida brassicae. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida diddensii. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida entomophiliia. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida pseudotropicalis. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida scehatae. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida utilis.
  • the yeast is a Clavispora. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Clavispora lusitaniae. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Clavispora opuntiae. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Kluyveromyces. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Kluyveromyces fragilis. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Kluyveromyces marxianus. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Kluyveromyces thermotolerans. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Pachysolen. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Pachysolen tannophilus. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Pichia.
  • the yeast is a Pichia stipitis. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Saccharomyces spp. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Saccharomyces cerevisiae. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Saccharomyces distaticus. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Saccharomyces uvarum.
  • the bacterium is a Bacillus. In a more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Bacillus coagulans. In another preferred aspect, the bacterium is a Clostridium. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Clostridium acetobutylicum. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Clostridium phytofermentans. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Clostridium thermocellum. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Geobacilus sp. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is a Thermoanaerobacter. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Thermoanaerobacter saccharolyticum. In another preferred aspect, the bacterium is a Zymomonas. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Zymomonas mobilis.
  • yeast suitable for ethanol production include, e.g., BIOFERMTM AFT and XR (NABC - North American Bioproducts Corporation, GA, USA), ETHANOL REDTM yeast (Fermentis/Lesaffre, USA), FALITM (Fleischmann's Yeast, USA), FERMIOLTM (DSM Specialties), GERT STRANDTM (Gert Strand AB, Sweden), and SUPERSTARTTM and THERMOSACCTM fresh yeast (Ethanol Technology, Wl, USA).
  • BIOFERMTM AFT and XR NABC - North American Bioproducts Corporation, GA, USA
  • ETHANOL REDTM yeast Fermentis/Lesaffre, USA
  • FALITM Ferischmann's Yeast, USA
  • FERMIOLTM DSM Specialties
  • GERT STRANDTM Gert Strand AB, Sweden
  • SUPERSTARTTM and THERMOSACCTM fresh yeast Ethanol Technology, Wl, USA.
  • the fermenting microorganism has been genetically modified to provide the ability to ferment pentose sugars, such as xylose utilizing, arabinose utilizing, and xylose and arabinose co-utilizing microorganisms.
  • the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Candida sonorensis. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Escherichia coli. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Klebsiella oxytoca. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Kluyveromyces marxianus. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Saccharomyces cerevisiae. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Zymomonas mobilis.
  • the fermenting microorganism is typically added to the degraded cellulosic material or hydrolysate and the fermentation is performed for about 8 to about 96 hours, e.g., about 24 to about 60 hours.
  • the temperature is typically between about 26°C to about 60°C, e.g., about 32°C or 50°C, and about pH 3 to about pH 8, e.g., pH 4-5, 6, or 7.
  • the yeast and/or another microorganism are applied to the degraded cellulosic material and the fermentation is performed for about 12 to about 96 hours, such as typically 24-60 hours.
  • the temperature is preferably between about 20°C to about 60°C, e.g., about 25°C to about 50°C, about 32°C to about 50°C, or about 32°C to about 50°C
  • the pH is generally from about pH 3 to about pH 7, e.g., about pH 4 to about pH 7.
  • some fermenting organisms, e.g., bacteria have higher fermentation temperature optima.
  • Yeast or another microorganism is preferably applied in amounts of approximately 10 5 to 10 12 , preferably from approximately 10 7 to 10 10 , especially approximately 2 x 10 8 viable cell count per ml of fermentation broth. Further guidance in respect of using yeast for fermentation can be found in, e.g., "The Alcohol Textbook” (Editors K. Jacques, T.P. Lyons and D.R. Kelsall, Nottingham University Press, United Kingdom 1999), which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • a fermentation stimulator can be used in combination with any of the processes described herein to further improve the fermentation process, and in particular, the performance of the fermenting microorganism, such as, rate enhancement and ethanol yield.
  • a "fermentation stimulator” refers to stimulators for growth of the fermenting microorganisms, in particular, yeast.
  • Preferred fermentation stimulators for growth include vitamins and minerals. .Examples of vitamins include multivitamins, biotin, pantothenate, nicotinic acid, meso-inositol, thiamine, pyridoxine, para-aminobenzoic acid, folic acid, riboflavin, and Vitamins A, B, C, D, and E.
  • minerals include minerals and mineral salts that can supply nutrients comprising P, K, Mg, S, Ca, Fe, Zn, Mn, and Cu.
  • a fermentation product can be any substance derived from the fermentation.
  • the fermentation product can be, without limitation, an alcohol (e.g., arabinitol, n- butanol, isobutanol, ethanol, glycerol, methanol, ethylene glycol, 1 ,3-propanediol [propylene glycol], butanediol, glycerin, sorbitol, and xylitol); an alkane (e.g., pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, and dodecane), a cycloalkane (e.g., cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, and cyclooctane), an alkene (e.g.
  • an alcohol e.g., arabinitol, n- butanol, isobutan
  • pentene, hexene, heptene, and octene ); an amino acid (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glycine, lysine, serine, and threonine); a gas (e.g., methane, hydrogen (H 2 ), carbon dioxide (C0 2 ), and carbon monoxide (CO)); isoprene; a ketone (e.g., acetone); an organic acid (e.g., acetic acid, acetonic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, citric acid, 2,5-diketo-D-gluconic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, glucaric acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutaric acid, 3-hydroxypropionic acid, itaconic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, oxalic acid, oxaloacetic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, and x
  • the fermentation product is an alcohol.
  • the term "alcohol” encompasses a substance that contains one or more hydroxyl moieties.
  • the alcohol is n-butanol.
  • the alcohol is isobutanol.
  • the alcohol is ethanol.
  • the alcohol is methanol.
  • the alcohol is arabinitol.
  • the alcohol is butanediol.
  • the alcohol is ethylene glycol.
  • the alcohol is glycerin.
  • the alcohol is glycerol.
  • the alcohol is 1 ,3-propanediol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is sorbitol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is xylitol. See, for example, Gong, C. S., Cao, N. J., Du, J., and Tsao, G. T., 1999, Ethanol production from renewable resources, in /Advances in Biochemical Engineering/Biotechnology, Scheper, T., ed., Springer- erlag Berlin Heidelberg, Germany, 65: 207-241 ; Silveira, M. M., and Jonas, R., 2002, The biotechnological production of sorbitol, Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol.
  • the fermentation product is an alkane.
  • the alkane can be an unbranched or a branched alkane.
  • the alkane is pentane.
  • the alkane is hexane.
  • the alkane is heptane.
  • the alkane is octane.
  • the alkane is nonane.
  • the alkane is decane.
  • the alkane is undecane.
  • the alkane is dodecane.
  • the fermentation product is a cycloalkane.
  • the cycloalkane is cyclopentane.
  • the cycloalkane is cyclohexane.
  • the cycloalkane is cycloheptane.
  • the cycloalkane is cyclooctane.
  • the fermentation product is an alkene.
  • the alkene can be an unbranched or a branched alkene.
  • the alkene is pentene.
  • the alkene is hexene.
  • the alkene is heptene.
  • the alkene is octene.
  • the fermentation product is an amino acid.
  • the organic acid is aspartic acid.
  • the amino acid is glutamic acid.
  • the amino acid is glycine.
  • the amino acid is lysine.
  • the amino acid is serine.
  • the amino acid is threonine. See, for example, Richard, A., and Margaritis, A., 2004, Empirical modeling of batch fermentation kinetics for poly(glutamic acid) production and other microbial biopolymers, Biotechnology and Bioengineering 87 (4): 501 -515.
  • the fermentation product is a gas.
  • the gas is methane.
  • the gas is H 2 .
  • the gas is C0 2 .
  • the gas is CO. See, for example, Kataoka, N., A. Miya, and K. Kiriyama, 1997, Studies on hydrogen production by continuous culture system of hydrogen-producing anaerobic bacteria, Water Science and Technology 36 (6-7): 41-47; and Gunaseelan V.N. in Biomass and Bioenergy, Vol. 13 (1-2), pp. 83-1 14, 1997, Anaerobic digestion of biomass for methane production: A review.
  • the fermentation product is isoprene.
  • the fermentation product is a ketone.
  • ketone encompasses a substance that contains one or more ketone moieties.
  • the ketone is acetone. See, for example, Qureshi and Blaschek, 2003, supra.
  • the fermentation product is an organic acid.
  • the organic acid is acetic acid.
  • the organic acid is acetonic acid.
  • the organic acid is adipic acid.
  • the organic acid is ascorbic acid.
  • the organic acid is citric acid.
  • the organic acid is 2,5- diketo-D-gluconic acid.
  • the organic acid is formic acid.
  • the organic acid is fumaric acid.
  • the organic acid is glucaric acid.
  • the organic acid is gluconic acid.
  • the organic acid is glucuronic acid.
  • the organic acid is glutaric acid. In another preferred aspect, the organic acid is 3-hydroxypropionic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is itaconic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is lactic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is malic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is malonic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is oxalic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is propionic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is succinic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is xylonic acid. See, for example, Chen, R., and Lee, Y. Y., 1997, Membrane-mediated extractive fermentation for lactic acid production from cellulosic biomass, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 63-65: 435-448.
  • the fermentation product is polyketide
  • the fermentation product(s) can be optionally recovered from the fermentation medium using any method known in the art including, but not limited to, chromatography, electrophoretic procedures, differential solubility, distillation, or extraction.
  • alcohol is separated from the fermented cellulosic material and purified by conventional methods of distillation. Ethanol with a purity of up to about 96 vol.% can be obtained, which can be used as, for example, fuel ethanol, drinking ethanol, i.e. , potable neutral spirits, or industrial ethanol.
  • Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition (CELLUCLAST® in the presence of 10% of total protein weight Aspergillus fumigatus beta-glucosidase (WO 2005/047499) available from Novozymes A/S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark) was used as the cellulase preparation.
  • the cellulase preparation is designated herein in the Examples as "Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition".
  • NREL Energy Laboratory
  • PCS pretreated corn stover
  • NREL Standard Analytical Procedure #002 Lignin was determined gravimetrically after hydrolyzing the cellulose and hemicellulose fractions with sulfuric acid using NREL Standard Analytical Procedure #003. See http://www.nrel.gov/biomass/analytical_procedures.html.
  • Pretreated PCS of 2 g dry weight was added to a 125 ml flask, and deionized water was added to get a hydrolysis system of a total weight of 20 g.
  • the pH of the hydrolysis system was adjusted to 5.0 by using 10 M sodium hydroxide, followed by loading in 50 mM sodium citric acid buffer.
  • the Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition was added into the hydrolysis system as control at a ratio of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition to cellulose of 1 % (w/w).
  • NaHS0 3 NaHS0 3 was added to the hydrolysis system (control) at a final concentration of 0.104% (w/w).
  • GH61 polypeptide 10% of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition based on protein weight was replaced by GH61A polypeptide from Thermoascus aurantiacus (SEQ ID NO: 13 [genomic DNA sequence] and SEQ ID NO: 14 [deduced amino acid sequence]).
  • NaHS0 3 was added to the hydrolysis systemat a final concentration of 0.104% (w/w) and 10% of Tnchoderma reesei cellulase composition based on protein weight was replaced by a GH61A polypeptide from Thermoascus aurantiacus.
  • the flasks were incubated at 50°C for 72 hours, with shaking at 130 rpm. All experiments were performed in triplicate. After hydrolysis was completed, the sugar was analyzed by High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC).
  • HPLC High Performance Liquid Chromatography
  • the collected samples were filtered using 0.22 ⁇ syringe filters (Millipore, Bedford, MA, USA) and the filtrates were analyzed for sugar content as described below.
  • the sugar concentrations of samples diluted in 0.005 M H 2 S0 4 were measured using a 7.8x300 mm AMINEX® HPX-87H column (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., Hercules, CA, USA) by elution with 0.005 M H 2 S0 4 at 65°C at a flow rate of 0.7 ml per minute, and quantification by integration of the glucose signal from refractive index detection (CHEMSTATION®, AGILENT® 1100 HPLC, Agilent Technologies, Santa Clara, CA, USA) calibrated by pure sugar samples.
  • refractive index detection CHEMSTATION®, AGILENT® 1100 HPLC, Agilent Technologies, Santa Clara, CA, USA
  • the resultant glucose was used to calculate the percentage of glucose yield from glucans for each reaction. Measured sugar concentrations were adjusted for the appropriate dilution factor. The net concentrations of enzymatically-produced sugars were determined by adjusting the measured sugar concentrations for corresponding background sugar concentrations in unwashed biomass at zero time point. All HPLC data processing was performed using MICROSOFT EXCELTM software (Microsoft, Richland, WA, USA).
  • the degree of cellulose conversion to glucose was calculated according to the method published by Zhu, Y., et al. 2010, Bioresource Technology. 102(3): 2897-2903.
  • Example 2 Synergy of GH61 and sodium bisulfite on hydrolysis of PCS by a Trichoderma reesei cellulase
  • Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition The effect of varying levels of GH61A polypeptide from Thermoascus aurantiacus and sodium bisulfite with different concentration on the cellulolytic activity of the Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition was evaluated according to the procedures described in Example 1.
  • the Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition was added to the hydrolysis system as control at a ratio of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition to cellulose of 1 % (w/w).
  • Example 3 Effect of sulfur-containing reducing agents on hydrolysis of PCS by a Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition
  • Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition was added to the hydrolysis system as control at a ratio of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition to cellulose of 0.5% (w/w).
  • a method for degrading or converting a cellulosic material comprising treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide.
  • sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from potassium metabisulfite (K 2 S 2 0 5 ), sodium metabisulfite (Na 2 S 2 0 5 ), sodium bisulfite (NaHS0 3 ), sodium sulfite (Na 2 S0 3 ).
  • hydride is selected from hydrogen hydride (H 2 S), sodium borohydrid (NaBH 4 ), and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH 3 ).
  • step (b) saccharifying the pretreated cellulosic material with an enzyme composition; wherein step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • the enzyme composition comprises one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
  • GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motifs:
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions
  • X(4) is any amino acid at 4 contiguous positions.
  • the GH61 polypeptide further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216),
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(1 ,2) is any amino acid at 1 position or 2 contiguous positions
  • X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions
  • X(2) is any amino acid at 2 contiguous positions.
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions
  • X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 9
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
  • the mature polypeptide is amino acids 20 to 326 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 18 to 239 of SEQ ID NO: 4, amino acids 20 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 6, amino acids 19 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 8, amino acids 20 to 304 of SEQ ID NO: 10, amino acids 16 to 317 of SEQ ID NO: 12, amino acids 22 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 14, amino acids 20 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 16, amino acids 18 to 232 of SEQ ID NO: 18, amino acids
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187
  • the mature polypeptide coding sequence is nucleotides 388 to 1332 of SEQ ID NO: 1 , nucleotides 98 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 3, nucleotides 126 to 978 of SEQ ID NO: 5, nucleotides 55 to 678 of SEQ ID NO: 7, nucleotides 58 to 912 of SEQ ID NO: 9, nucleotides 46 to 951 of SEQ ID NO: 1 1 , nucleotides 64 to 796 of SEQ ID NO: 13, nucleotides 77 to 766 of SEQ ID NO: 15, nucleotides 52 to 921 of SEQ ID NO: 17, nucleotides 46 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 19, nucleotides 55 to 1239 of SEQ ID NO: 21 , nucleotides 46 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 23, nucleotides 58 to 81 1 of SEQ ID NO: 25, nucleotides 64 to 1 112 of SEQ ID NO:
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207,
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g., several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
  • the hemicellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a xylanase, an acetylxylan esterase, a feruloyi esterase, an arabinofuranosidase, a xylosidase, and a glucuronidase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
  • a method for producing a fermentation product comprising:
  • step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide.
  • sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, bisulfite, sulphite; sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite.
  • sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from potassium metabisulfite (K 2 S 2 0 5 ), sodium metabisulfite (Na 2 S 2 0 5 ), sodium bisulfite (NaHS0 3 ), sodium sulfite (Na 2 S0 3 ).
  • hydride is selected from hydrogen hydride (H 2 S), sodium borohydrid (NaBH 4 ), and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH 3 ).
  • the enzyme composition comprises one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
  • cellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta- glucosidase.
  • the hemicellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a xylanase, an acetylxylan esterase, a feruloyl esterase, an arabinofuranosidase, a xylosidase, and a glucuronidase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motifs:
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions
  • X(4) is any amino acid at 4 contiguous positions.
  • the GH61 polypeptide further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216),
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(1 ,2) is any amino acid at 1 position or 2 contiguous positions
  • X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions
  • X(2) is any amino acid at 2 contiguous positions.
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions
  • X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
  • the mature polypeptide is amino acids 20 to 326 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 18 to 239 of SEQ ID NO: 4, amino acids 20 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 6, amino acids 19 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 8, amino acids 20 to 304 of SEQ ID NO: 10, amino acids 16 to 317 of SEQ ID NO: 12, amino acids 22 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 14, amino acids 20 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 16, amino acids 18 to 232 of SEQ ID NO: 18, amino acids 16 to 235 of SEQ ID NO: 20, amino acids 19 to 323 of SEQ ID NO: 22, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 24, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 26, amino acids 22 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 28, amino acids 22 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 30, or amino acids 22 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 32, amino acids 24 to 444 of SEQ ID NO: 34, amino acids 26 to 253 of SEQ ID NO:
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185,
  • the mature polypeptide coding sequence is nucleotides 388 to 1332 of SEQ ID NO: 1 , nucleotides 98 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 3, nucleotides 126 to 978 of SEQ ID NO: 5, nucleotides 55 to 678 of SEQ ID NO: 7, nucleotides 58 to 912 of SEQ ID NO: 9, nucleotides 46 to 951 of SEQ ID NO: 1 1 , nucleotides 64 to 796 of SEQ ID NO: 13, nucleotides 77 to 766 of SEQ ID NO: 15, nucleotides 52 to 921 of SEQ ID NO: 17, nucleotides 46 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 19, nucleotides 55 to 1239 of SEQ ID NO: 21 , nucleotides 46 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 23, nucleotides 58 to 81 1 of SEQ ID NO: 25, nucleotides 64 to 1 112 of SEQ ID NO:
  • GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205,
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g., several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
  • a method of fermenting a cellulosic material comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide.
  • sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from potassium metabisulfite (K 2 S 2 0 5 ), sodium metabisulfite (Na 2 S 2 0 5 ), sodium bisulfite (NaHS0 3 ), sodium sulfite (Na 2 S0 3 ).
  • the enzyme composition comprises one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
  • cellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta- glucosidase.
  • hemicellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a xylanase, an acetylxylan esterase, a feruloyi esterase, an arabinofuranosidase, a xylosidase, and a glucuronidase.
  • the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions
  • X(4) is any amino acid at 4 contiguous positions.
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(1 ,2) is any amino acid at 1 position or 2 contiguous positions
  • X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions
  • X(2) is any amino acid at 2 contiguous positions.
  • X is any amino acid
  • X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions
  • X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %,
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
  • the mature polypeptide is amino acids 20 to 326 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 18 to 239 of SEQ ID NO: 4, amino acids 20 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 6, amino acids 19 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 8, amino acids 20 to 304 of SEQ ID NO: 10, amino acids 16 to 317 of SEQ ID NO: 12, amino acids 22 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 14, amino acids 20 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 16, amino acids 18 to 232 of SEQ ID NO: 18, amino acids 16 to 235 of SEQ ID NO: 20, amino acids 19 to 323 of SEQ ID NO: 22, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 24, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 26, amino acids 22 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 28, amino acids 22 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 30, or amino acids 22 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 32, amino acids 24 to 444 of SEQ ID NO: 34, amino acids 26 to 253 of SEQ ID NO:
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185
  • the mature polypeptide coding sequence is nucleotides 388 to 1332 of SEQ ID NO: 1 , nucleotides 98 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 3, nucleotides 126 to 978 of SEQ ID NO: 5, nucleotides 55 to 678 of SEQ ID NO: 7, nucleotides 58 to 912 of SEQ ID NO: 9, nucleotides 46 to 951 of SEQ ID NO: 1 1 , nucleotides 64 to 796 of SEQ ID NO: 13, nucleotides 77 to 766 of SEQ ID NO: 15, nucleotides 52 to 921 of SEQ ID NO: 17, nucleotides 46 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 19, nucleotides 55 to 1239 of SEQ ID NO: 21 , nucleotides 46 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 23, nucleotides 58 to 81 1 of SEQ ID NO: 25, nucleotides 64 to 1 112 of SEQ ID NO:
  • GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205,
  • the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g., several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material using an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent. The present invention also provides methods for producing a fermentation product and methods of fermenting a cellulosic material using an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.

Description

METHODS FOR DEGRADING OR CONVERTING CELLULOSIC MATERIAL
Reference to a Sequence Listing
This application contains a Sequence Listing in computer readable form. The computer readable form is incorporated herein by reference.
Background
Cellulosic material provides an attractive platform for generating alternative energy sources to fossil fuels. The conversion of cellulosic material (e.g. , from lignocellulosic feedstock) into Biofuels has the advantages of the ready availability of large amounts of feedstock, the desirability of avoiding burning or land filling the materials, and the cleanliness of the Biofuels (such as ethanol). Wood, agricultural residues, herbaceous crops, and municipal solid wastes have been considered as feedstocks for Biofuel production. Once the cellulosic material is converted to fermentable sugars, e.g., glucose, the fermentable sugars are may be fermented by yeast into Biofuel, such as ethanol.
Chemical and physical pretreatment of lignocellulose (a cellulosic material from plant cell walls containing lignin, cellulose, and hemicellulose in a mixed matrix) to disrupt plant cell wall components and permit improved access of cellulosic enzymes is a common method of increasing saccharification yields. However, the harsh conditions of pretreatment may also generate functional groups within the lignocellulosic structure that result in undesireable interactions between cellulose and cellulosic enzymes, rendering the degradation or conversion of lignocellulose suboptimal.
Soudham et a/. , 201 1 , Journal of Biotechnology 155: 244-250 concerns improving enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulosic substrates in the presence of pretreated liquid using reducing agents.
It would be advantageous in the art to improve methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material.
The present invention provides improved methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material.
Summary
The present invention relates to methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, comprising treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent. The present invention also relates to methods for producing a fermentation product, comprising:
(a) saccharifying a cellulosic material with an enzyme composition;
(b) fermenting the saccharified cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms to produce the fermentation product; and optionally
(c) recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation;
wherein step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
The present invention further relates to methods of fermenting a cellulosic material, comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
Definitions
Acetylxylan esterase: The term "acetylxylan esterase" means a carboxylesterase (EC
3.1.1.72) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of acetyl groups from polymeric xylan, acetylated xylose, acetylated glucose, alpha-napthyl acetate, and p-nitrophenyl acetate. For purposes of the present invention, acetylxylan esterase activity is determined using 0.5 mM p-nitrophenylacetate as substrate in 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0 containing 0.01 % TWEEN™ 20 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate). One unit of acetylxylan esterase is defined as the amount of enzyme capable of releasing 1 μηιοΐβ of p-nitrophenolate anion per minute at pH 5, 25°C.
Alpha-L-arabinofuranosidase: The term "alpha-L-arabinofuranosidase" means an alpha-L-arabinofuranoside arabinofuranohydrolase (EC 3.2.1.55) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of terminal non-reducing alpha-L-arabinofuranoside residues in alpha-L-arabinosides. The enzyme acts on alpha-L-arabinofuranosides, alpha-L-arabinans containing (1 ,3)- and/or (1 ,5)- linkages, arabinoxylans, and arabinogalactans. Alpha-L-arabinofuranosidase is also known as arabinosidase, alpha-arabinosidase, alpha-L-arabinosidase, alpha-arabinofuranosidase, polysaccharide alpha-L-arabinofuranosidase, alpha-L-arabinofuranoside hydrolase, L- arabinosidase, or alpha-L-arabinanase. For purposes of the present invention, alpha-L- arabinofuranosidase activity is determined using 5 mg of medium viscosity wheat arabinoxylan (Megazyme International Ireland, Ltd., Bray, Co. Wicklow, Ireland) per ml of 100 mM sodium acetate pH 5 in a total volume of 200 μΙ for 30 minutes at 40°C followed by arabinose analysis by AMINEX® HPX-87H column chromatography (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., Hercules, CA, USA). Alpha-glucuronidase: The term "alpha-glucuronidase" means an alpha-D- glucosiduronate glucuronohydrolase (EC 3.2.1.139) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of an alpha-D- glucuronoside to D-glucuronate and an alcohol. For purposes of the present invention, alpha- glucuronidase activity is determined according to de Vries, 1998, J. Bacteriol. 180: 243-249. One unit of alpha-glucuronidase equals the amount of enzyme capable of releasing 1 μηιοΐβ of glucuronic or 4-O-methylglucuronic acid per minute at pH 5, 40°C.
Beta-glucosidase: The term "beta-glucosidase" means a beta-D-glucoside glucohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.21 ) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of terminal non-reducing beta-D- glucose residues with the release of beta-D-glucose. For purposes of the present invention, beta-glucosidase activity is determined using p-nitrophenyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside as substrate according to the procedure of Venturi et a/., 2002, Extracellular beta-D-glucosidase from Chaetomium thermophilum var. coprophilum: production, purification and some biochemical properties, J. Basic Microbiol. 42: 55-66. One unit of beta-glucosidase is defined as 1.0 μηιοΐβ of p-nitrophenolate anion produced per minute at 25°C, pH 4.8 from 1 mM p- nitrophenyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside as substrate in 50 mM sodium citrate containing 0.01 % TWEEN® 20.
Beta-xylosidase: The term "beta-xylosidase" means a beta-D-xyloside xylohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.37) that catalyzes the exo-hydrolysis of short beta (1→4)-xylooligosaccharides to remove successive D-xylose residues from non-reducing termini. For purposes of the present invention, one unit of beta-xylosidase is defined as 1.0 μηιοΐβ of p-nitrophenolate anion produced per minute at 40°C, pH 5 from 1 mM p-nitrophenyl-beta-D-xyloside as substrate in 100 mM sodium citrate containing 0.01 % TWEEN® 20.
cDNA: The term "cDNA" means a DNA molecule that can be prepared by reverse transcription from a mature, spliced, mRNA molecule obtained from a eukaryotic or prokaryotic cell. cDNA lacks intron sequences that may be present in the corresponding genomic DNA. The initial, primary RNA transcript is a precursor to mRNA that is processed through a series of steps, including splicing, before appearing as mature spliced mRNA.
Cellobiohydrolase: The term "cellobiohydrolase" means a 1 ,4-beta-D-glucan cellobiohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.91 and E.C. 3.2.1.176) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of 1 ,4-beta-D- glucosidic linkages in cellulose, cellooligosaccharides, or any beta-1 ,4-linked glucose containing polymer, releasing cellobiose from the reducing end (cellobiohydrolase I) or non-reducing end (cellobiohydrolase II) of the chain (Teeri, 1997, Crystalline cellulose degradation: New insight into the function of cellobiohydrolases, Trends in Biotechnology 15: 160-167; Teeri et al., 1998, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolases: why so efficient on crystalline cellulose?, Biochem. Soc. Trans. 26: 173-178). Cellobiohydrolase activity is determined according to the procedures described by Lever et al., 1972, Anal. Biochem. 47: 273-279; van Tilbeurgh et al., 1982, FEBS Letters, 149: 152-156; van Tilbeurgh and Claeyssens, 1985, FEBS Letters, 187: 283-288; and Tomme et al. , 1988, Eur. J. Biochem. 170: 575-581 . In the present invention, the Tomme et al. method can be used to determine cellobiohydrolase activity.
Cellulolytic enzyme or cellulase: The term "cellulolytic enzyme" or "cellulase" means one or more (e.g. , several) enzymes that hydrolyze a cellulosic material. Such enzymes include endoglucanase(s), cellobiohydrolase(s), beta-glucosidase(s), or combinations thereof. The two basic approaches for measuring cellulolytic activity include: (1 ) measuring the total cellulolytic activity, and (2) measuring the individual cellulolytic activities (endoglucanases, cellobiohydrolases, and beta-glucosidases) as reviewed in Zhang et al., Outlook for cellulase improvement: Screening and selection strategies, 2006, Biotechnology Advances 24: 452-481. Total cellulolytic activity is usually measured using insoluble substrates, including Whatman N°1 filter paper, microcrystalline cellulose, bacterial cellulose, algal cellulose, cotton, pretreated lignocellulose, etc. The most common total cellulolytic activity assay is the filter paper assay using Whatman N°1 filter paper as the substrate. The assay was established by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (lUPAC) (Ghose, 1987, Measurement of cellulase activities, Pure Appl. Chem. 59: 257-68).
For purposes of the present invention, cellulolytic enzyme activity is determined by measuring the increase in hydrolysis of a cellulosic material by cellulolytic enzyme(s) under the following conditions: 1-50 mg of cellulolytic enzyme protein/g of cellulose in PCS (or other pretreated cellulosic material) for 3-7 days at a suitable temperature, e.g., 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C, compared to a control hydrolysis without addition of cellulolytic enzyme protein. Typical conditions are 1 ml reactions, washed or unwashed PCS, 5% insoluble solids, 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5, 1 mM MnS04, 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C, 72 hours, sugar analysis by AMINEX® HPX- 87H column (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., Hercules, CA, USA).
Cellulosic material: The term "cellulosic material" means any material containing cellulose. The predominant polysaccharide in the primary cell wall of biomass is cellulose, the second most abundant is hemicellulose, and the third is pectin. The secondary cell wall, produced after the cell has stopped growing, also contains polysaccharides and is strengthened by polymeric lignin covalently cross-linked to hemicellulose. Cellulose is a homopolymer of anhydrocellobiose and thus a linear beta-(1-4)-D-glucan, while hemicelluloses include a variety of compounds, such as xylans, xyloglucans, arabinoxylans, and mannans in complex branched structures with a spectrum of substituents. Although generally polymorphous, cellulose is found in plant tissue primarily as an insoluble crystalline matrix of parallel glucan chains. Hemicelluloses usually hydrogen bond to cellulose, as well as to other hemicelluloses, which help stabilize the cell wall matrix.
Cellulose is generally found, for example, in the stems, leaves, hulls, husks, and cobs of plants or leaves, branches, and wood of trees. The cellulosic material can be, but is not limited to, agricultural residue, herbaceous material (including energy crops), municipal solid waste, pulp and paper mill residue, waste paper, and wood (including forestry residue) (see, for example, Wiselogel et a/., 1995, in Handbook on Bioethanol (Charles E. Wyman, editor), pp.105-118, Taylor S Francis, Washington D.C.; Wyman, 1994, Bioresource Technology 50: 3- 16; Lynd, 1990, Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology 24/25: 695-719; Mosier et a/., 1999, Recent Progress in Bioconversion of Lignocellulosics, in /Advances in Biochemical Engineering/Biotechnology, T. Scheper, managing editor, Volume 65, pp.23-40, Springer- Verlag, New York). It is understood herein that the cellulose may be in the form of lignocellulose, a plant cell wall material containing lignin, cellulose, and hemicellulose in a mixed matrix. In a preferred aspect, the cellulosic material is any biomass material. In another preferred aspect, the cellulosic material is lignocellulose, which comprises cellulose, hemicelluloses, and lignin.
In one aspect, the cellulosic material is agricultural residue. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is herbaceous material (including energy crops). In another aspect, the cellulosic material is municipal solid waste. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is pulp and paper mill residue. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is waste paper. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is wood (including forestry residue).
In another aspect, the cellulosic material is arundo. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is bagasse. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is bamboo. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is corn cob. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is corn fiber. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is corn stover. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is miscanthus. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is orange peel. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is rice straw. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is switchgrass. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is wheat straw.
In another aspect, the cellulosic material is aspen. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is eucalyptus. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is fir. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is pine. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is poplar. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is spruce. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is willow.
In another aspect, the cellulosic material is algal cellulose. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is bacterial cellulose. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is cotton linter. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is filter paper. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is microcrystalline cellulose. In another aspect, the cellulosic material is phosphoric-acid treated cellulose.
In another aspect, the cellulosic material is an aquatic biomass. As used herein the term
"aquatic biomass" means biomass produced in an aquatic environment by a photosynthesis process. The aquatic biomass can be algae, emergent plants, floating-leaf plants, or submerged plants.
The cellulosic material may be used as is or may be subjected to pretreatment, using conventional methods known in the art, as described herein. In a preferred aspect, the cellulosic material is pretreated.
Control sequences: The term "control sequences" means nucleic acid sequences necessary for expression of a polynucleotide encoding a mature polypeptide. Each control sequence may be native (i.e., from the same gene) or foreign (i.e. , from a different gene) to the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide or native or foreign to each other. Such control sequences include, but are not limited to, a leader, polyadenylation sequence, propeptide sequence, promoter, signal peptide sequence, and transcription terminator. At a minimum, the control sequences include a promoter, and transcriptional and translational stop signals. The control sequences may be provided with linkers for the purpose of introducing specific restriction sites facilitating ligation of the control sequences with the coding region of the polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide.
Endoglucanase: The term "endoglucanase" means an endo-1 ,4-(1 ,3;1 ,4)-beta-D- glucan 4-glucanohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.4) that catalyzes endohydrolysis of 1 ,4-beta-D-glycosidic linkages in cellulose, cellulose derivatives (such as carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxyethyl cellulose), lichenin, beta-1 ,4 bonds in mixed beta-1 ,3 glucans such as cereal beta-D-glucans or xyloglucans, and other plant material containing cellulosic components. Endoglucanase activity can be determined by measuring reduction in substrate viscosity or increase in reducing ends determined by a reducing sugar assay (Zhang et a/., 2006, Biotechnology Advances 24: 452- 481). For purposes of the present invention, endoglucanase activity is determined using carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) as substrate according to the procedure of Ghose, 1987, Pure and Appl. Chem. 59: 257-268, at pH 5, 40°C.
Expression: The term "expression" includes any step involved in the production of a polypeptide including, but not limited to, transcription, post-transcriptional modification, translation, post-translational modification, and secretion. Expression vector: The term "expression vector" means a linear or circular DNA molecule that comprises a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide and is operably linked to control sequences that provide for its expression.
Family 61 glycoside hydrolase: The term "Family 61 glycoside hydrolase" or "Family GH61 " or "GH61" means a polypeptide falling into the glycoside hydrolase Family 61 according to Henrissat B., 1991 , A classification of glycosyl hydrolases based on amino-acid sequence similarities, Biochem. J. 280: 309-316, and Henrissat B., and Bairoch A., 1996, Updating the sequence-based classification of glycosyl hydrolases, Biochem. J. 316: 695-696. The enzymes in this family were originally classified as a glycoside hydrolase family based on measurement of very weak endo-1 ,4-beta-D-glucanase activity in one family member. The structure and mode of action of these enzymes are non-canonical and they cannot be considered as bona fide glycosidases. However, they are kept in the CAZy classification on the basis of their capacity to enhance the breakdown of lignocellulose when used in conjunction with a cellulase or a mixture of cellulases.
Feruloyl esterase: The term "feruloyl esterase" means a 4-hydroxy-3- methoxycinnamoyl-sugar hydrolase (EC 3.1.1.73) that catalyzes the hydrolysis of 4-hydroxy-3- methoxycinnamoyl (feruloyl) groups from esterified sugar, which is usually arabinose in "natural" substrates, to produce ferulate (4-hydroxy-3-methoxycinnamate). Feruloyl esterase is also known as ferulic acid esterase, hydroxycinnamoyl esterase, FAE-III, cinnamoyl ester hydrolase, FAEA, cinnAE, FAE-I, or FAE-II. For purposes of the present invention, feruloyl esterase activity is determined using 0.5 mM p-nitrophenylferulate as substrate in 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5.0. One unit of feruloyl esterase equals the amount of enzyme capable of releasing 1 μηιοΐβ of p- nitrophenolate anion per minute at pH 5, 25°C.
Fragment: The term "fragment" means a polypeptide having one or more (e.g. , several) amino acids absent from the amino and/or carboxyl terminus of a mature polypeptide; wherein the fragment has biological activity, e.g. , enzyme activity.
Hemicellulolytic enzyme or hemicellulase: The term "hemicellulolytic enzyme" or "hemicellulase" means one or more (e.g. , several) enzymes that hydrolyze a hemicellulosic material. See, for example, Shallom, D. and Shoham, Y. Microbial hemicellulases. Current Opinion In Microbiology, 2003, 6(3): 219-228). Hemicellulases are key components in the degradation of plant biomass. Examples of hemicellulases include, but are not limited to, an acetylmannan esterase, an acetylxylan esterase, an arabinanase, an arabinofuranosidase, a coumaric acid esterase, a feruloyl esterase, a galactosidase, a glucuronidase, a glucuronoyl esterase, a mannanase, a mannosidase, a xylanase, and a xylosidase. The substrates of these enzymes, the hemicelluloses, are a heterogeneous group of branched and linear polysaccharides that are bound via hydrogen bonds to the cellulose microfibrils in the plant cell wall, crosslinking them into a robust network. Hemicelluloses are also covalently attached to lignin, forming together with cellulose a highly complex structure. The variable structure and organization of hemicelluloses require the concerted action of many enzymes for its complete degradation. The catalytic modules of hemicellulases are either glycoside hydrolases (GHs) that hydrolyze glycosidic bonds, or carbohydrate esterases (CEs), which hydrolyze ester linkages of acetate or ferulic acid side groups. These catalytic modules, based on homology of their primary sequence, can be assigned into GH and CE families. Some families, with an overall similar fold, can be further grouped into clans, marked alphabetically (e.g. , GH-A). A most informative and updated classification of these and other carbohydrate active enzymes is available in the Carbohydrate-Active Enzymes (CAZy) database. Hemicellulolytic enzyme activities can be measured according to Ghose and Bisaria, 1987, Pure & Appl. Chem. 59: 1739-1752, at a suitable temperature, e.g., 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C, and pH, e.g., 5.0 or 5.5.
High stringency conditions: The term "high stringency conditions" means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 50% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 65°C.
Host cell: The term "host cell" means any cell type that is susceptible to transformation, transfection, transduction, or the like with a nucleic acid construct or expression vector comprising a polynucleotide. The term "host cell" encompasses any progeny of a parent cell that is not identical to the parent cell due to mutations that occur during replication.
Isolated: The term "isolated" means a substance in a form or environment that does not occur in nature. Non-limiting examples of isolated substances include (1 ) any non-naturally occurring substance, (2) any substance including, but not limited to, any enzyme, variant, nucleic acid, protein, peptide or cofactor, that is at least partially removed from one or more or all of the naturally occurring constituents with which it is associated in nature; (3) any substance modified by the hand of man relative to that substance found in nature; or (4) any substance modified by increasing the amount of the substance relative to other components with which it is naturally associated (e.g. , recombinant production in a host cell; multiple copies of a gene encoding the substance; and use of a stronger promoter than the promoter naturally associated with the gene encoding the substance). Low stringency conditions: The term "low stringency conditions" means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 25% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 50°C.
Mature polypeptide: The term "mature polypeptide" means a polypeptide in its final form following translation and any post-translational modifications, such as N-terminal processing, C-terminal truncation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, etc. It is known in the art that a host cell may produce a mixture of two of more different mature polypeptides (i.e., with a different C-terminal and/or N-terminal amino acid) expressed by the same polynucleotide. The mature polypeptide can be predicted using the SignalP program (Nielsen et a/., 1997, Protein Engineering 10: 1-6). It is also known in the art that different host cells process polypeptides differently, and thus, one host cell expressing a polynucleotide may produce a different mature polypeptide (e.g. , having a different C-terminal and/or N-terminal amino acid) as compared to another host cell expressing the same polynucleotide.
Mature polypeptide coding sequence: The term "mature polypeptide coding sequence" is defined herein as a nucleotide sequence that encodes a mature polypeptide having biological activity, e.g., enzyme activity. The mature polypeptide coding sequence can be predicted using the SignalP program (Nielsen et a/. , 1997, supra). It is known in the art that a host cell may produce a mixture of two of more different mature polypeptides (i.e., with a different C-terminal and/or N-terminal amino acid) expressed by the same polynucleotide. It is also known in the art that different host cells process polypeptides differently, and thus, one host cell expressing a polynucleotide may produce a different mature polypeptide (e.g., having a different C-terminal and/or N-terminal amino acid) as compared to another host cell expressing the same polynucleotide.
Medium stringency conditions: The term "medium stringency conditions" means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 35% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 55°C.
Medium-high stringency conditions: The term "medium-high stringency conditions" means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 35% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 60°C.
Nucleic acid construct: The term "nucleic acid construct" means a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, which is isolated from a naturally occurring gene or is modified to contain segments of nucleic acids in a manner that would not otherwise exist in nature or which is synthetic, which comprises one or more control sequences.
Operably linked: The term "operably linked" means a configuration in which a control sequence is placed at an appropriate position relative to the coding sequence of a polynucleotide such that the control sequence directs expression of the coding sequence.
Polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity: The term "polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity" means a GH61 polypeptide that catalyzes the enhancement of the hydrolysis of a cellulosic material by enzyme having cellulolytic activity. For purposes of the present invention, cellulolytic enhancing activity is determined by measuring the increase in reducing sugars or the increase of the total of cellobiose and glucose from the hydrolysis of a cellulosic material by cellulolytic enzyme under the following conditions: 1 -50 mg of total protein/g of cellulose in pretreated corn stover (PCS),, wherein total protein is comprised of 50- 99.5% w/w cellulolytic enzyme protein and 0.5-50% w/w protein of a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity for 1-7 days at a suitable temperature, e.g., 50°C, 55°C, or 60°C, and a suitable pH such 4-9, e.g. , 5.0 or 5.5, compared to a control hydrolysis with equal total protein loading without cellulolytic enhancing activity (1 -50 mg of cellulolytic protein/g of cellulose in PCS). In a preferred aspect, a mixture of CELLUCLAST® 1.5L (Novozymes A/S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark) in the presence of 2-3% of total protein weight Aspergillus oryzae beta- glucosidase (recombinantly produced in Aspergillus oryzae according to WO 02/095014) or 2- 3% of total protein weight Aspergillus fumigatus beta-glucosidase (recombinantly produced in Aspergillus oryzae as described in WO 2002/095014) of cellulase protein loading is used as the source of the cellulolytic activity.
The GH61 polypeptides having cellulolytic enhancing activity enhance the hydrolysis of a cellulosic material catalyzed by enzyme having cellulolytic activity by reducing the amount of cellulolytic enzyme required to reach the same degree of hydrolysis preferably at least 1.01 -fold, e.g. , at least 1.05-fold, at least 1.10-fold, at least 1 .25-fold, at least 1 .5-fold, at least 2-fold, at least 3-fold, at least 4-fold, at least 5-fold, at least 10-fold, or at least 20-fold.
Pretreated corn stover: The term "PCS" or "Pretreated Corn Stover" means a cellulosic material derived from corn stover by treatment with heat and dilute sulfuric acid, alkaline pretreatment, or neutral pretreatment. Sequence identity: The relatedness between two amino acid sequences or between two nucleotide sequences is described by the parameter "sequence identity".
For purposes of the present invention, the sequence identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443-453) as implemented in the Needle program of the EMBOSS package (EMBOSS: The European Molecular Biology Open Software Suite, Rice et al. , 2000, Trends Genet 16: 276-277), preferably version 3.0.0, 5.0.0 or later. The parameters used are gap open penalty of 10, gap extension penalty of 0.5, and the EBLOSUM62 (EMBOSS version of BLOSUM62) substitution matrix. The output of Needle labeled "longest identity" (obtained using the -nobrief option) is used as the percent identity and is calculated as follows:
(Identical Residues x 100)/(Length of Alignment - Total Number of Gaps in Alignment)
For purposes of the present invention, the sequence identity between two deoxyribonucleotide sequences is determined using the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, supra) as implemented in the Needle program of the EMBOSS package (EMBOSS: The European Molecular Biology Open Software Suite, Rice et al. , 2000, supra), preferably version 3.0.0, 5.0.0 or later. The parameters used are gap open penalty of 10, gap extension penalty of 0.5, and the EDNAFULL (EMBOSS version of NCBI NUC4.4) substitution matrix. The output of Needle labeled "longest identity" (obtained using the -nobrief option) is used as the percent identity and is calculated as follows:
(Identical Deoxyribonucleotides x 100)/(Length of Alignment - Total Number of Gaps in Alignment)
Subsequence: The term "subsequence" means a polynucleotide having one or more (e.g., several) nucleotides absent from the 5' and/or 3' end of a mature polypeptide coding sequence; wherein the subsequence encodes a fragment having biological activity, e.g., enzyme activity.
Variant: The term "variant" means a polypeptide having enzyme activity comprising an alteration, i.e. , a substitution, insertion, and/or deletion, at one or more (e.g. , several) positions. A substitution means replacement of the amino acid occupying a position with a different amino acid; a deletion means removal of the amino acid occupying a position; and an insertion means adding an amino acid adjacent to and immediately following the amino acid occupying a position.
Very high stringency conditions: The term "very high stringency conditions" means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 50% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 70°C.
Very low stringency conditions: The term "very low stringency conditions" means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization and hybridization at 42°C in 5X SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 25% formamide, following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2X SSC, 0.2% SDS at 45°C.
Xylan-containing material: The term "xylan-containing material" means any material comprising a plant cell wall polysaccharide containing a backbone of beta-(1-4)-linked xylose residues. Xylans of terrestrial plants are heteropolymers possessing a beta-(1-4)-D- xylopyranose backbone, which is branched by short carbohydrate chains. They comprise D- glucuronic acid or its 4-O-methyl ether, L-arabinose, and/or various oligosaccharides, composed of D-xylose, L-arabinose, D- or L-galactose, and D-glucose. Xylan-type polysaccharides can be divided into homoxylans and heteroxylans, which include glucuronoxylans, (arabino)glucuronoxylans, (glucurono)arabinoxylans, arabinoxylans, and complex heteroxylans. See, for example, Ebringerova et al. , 2005, Adv. Polym. Sci. 186: 1-67.
In the methods of the present invention, any material containing xylan may be used. In a preferred aspect, the xylan-containing material is lignocellulose.
Xylan degrading activity or xylanolytic activity: The term "xylan degrading activity" or "xylanolytic activity" means a biological activity that hydrolyzes xylan-containing material. The two basic approaches for measuring xylanolytic activity include: (1 ) measuring the total xylanolytic activity, and (2) measuring the individual xylanolytic activities (e.g., endoxylanases, beta-xylosidases, arabinofuranosidases, alpha-glucuronidases, acetylxylan esterases, feruloyl esterases, and alpha-glucuronyl esterases). Recent progress in assays of xylanolytic enzymes was summarized in several publications including Biely and Puchard, Recent progress in the assays of xylanolytic enzymes, 2006, Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 86(1 1 ): 1636-1647; Spanikova and Biely, 2006, Glucuronoyl esterase - Novel carbohydrate esterase produced by Schizophyllum commune, FEBS Letters 580(19): 4597-4601 ; Herrmann, Vrsanska, Jurickova, Hirsch, Biely, and Kubicek, 1997, The beta-D-xylosidase of Trichoderma reesei is a multifunctional beta-D-xylan xylohydrolase, Biochemical Journal 321 : 375-381.
Total xylan degrading activity can be measured by determining the reducing sugars formed from various types of xylan, including, for example, oat spelt, beechwood, and larchwood xylans, or by photometric determination of dyed xylan fragments released from various covalently dyed xylans. The most common total xylanolytic activity assay is based on production of reducing sugars from polymeric 4-O-methyl glucuronoxylan as described in Bailey, Biely, Poutanen, 1992, Interlaboratory testing of methods for assay of xylanase activity, Journal of Biotechnology 23(3): 257-270. Xylanase activity can also be determined with 0.2% AZCL- arabinoxylan as substrate in 0.01 % TRITON® X-100 (4-(1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenyl- polyethylene glycol) and 200 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6 at 37°C. One unit of xylanase activity is defined as 1.0 μηιοΐβ of azurine produced per minute at 37°C, pH 6 from 0.2% AZCL- arabinoxylan as substrate in 200 mM sodium phosphate pH 6 buffer.
For purposes of the present invention, xylan degrading activity is determined by measuring the increase in hydrolysis of birchwood xylan (Sigma Chemical Co., Inc., St. Louis, MO, USA) by xylan-degrading enzyme(s) under the following typical conditions: 1 ml reactions, 5 mg/ml substrate (total solids), 5 mg of xylanolytic protein/g of substrate, 50 mM sodium acetate pH 5, 50°C, 24 hours, sugar analysis using p-hydroxybenzoic acid hydrazide (PHBAH) assay as described by Lever, 1972, A new reaction for colorimetric determination of carbohydrates, Anal. Biochem 47: 273-279.
Xylanase: The term "xylanase" means a 1 ,4-beta-D-xylan-xylohydrolase (E.C. 3.2.1.8) that catalyzes the endohydrolysis of 1 ,4-beta-D-xylosidic linkages in xylans. For purposes of the present invention, xylanase activity is determined with 0.2% AZCL-arabinoxylan as substrate in 0.01 % TRITON® X-100 and 200 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6 at 37°C. One unit of xylanase activity is defined as 1.0 μηιοΐβ of azurine produced per minute at 37°C, pH 6 from 0.2% AZCL-arabinoxylan as substrate in 200 mM sodium phosphate pH 6 buffer.
Detailed Description
The present invention relates to, inter alia, methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, methods of producing a fermentation product and methods of fermenting a cellulosic material. As described herein, treating of a cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in presence of a reducing agent has shown improved conversion to glucose.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the present invention relates to a method for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, comprising treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a method for producing a fermentation product, comprising:
(a) saccharifying a cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent;
(b) fermenting the saccharified cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms to produce the fermentation product; and optionally
(c) recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation;
wherein step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to a method of fermenting a cellulosic material, comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent. Reducing Agent
A reducing agent (also called a reductant or reducer) is the element or compound in a reduction-oxidation (redox) reaction that donates an electron to another species. The reducing agent used according to the present invention may be any suitable form of the reducing agent, including all salt forms, derivatives of the reducing agent. A reducing agent also includes all non-salt forms of any salt of a reducing agent described herein, as well as other salts of any salt of a reducing agent described herein. Examples of inorganic salts of the reducing agent include, but are not limited to, alkali metal and alkaline earth salts, such as sodium salts, potassium salts, magnesium salts, bismuth salts, and calcium salts; ammonium salts; and aluminum salts. In one aspect, the reducing agent is selected from a sulfur-containing reducing agent, and a hydride. In one embodiment, the sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxides, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide. In one preferable embodiment, sulfur oxyanion is selected from sulfur(IV) oxyanion, sulfur(lll) oxyanion, sulfur(ll) oxyanion, and thiosulfate (S203 2~). In a more preferable embodiment, sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, for example, potassium metabisulfite (K2S205), and sodium metabisulfite (Na2S205); bisulfite, for example, sodium bisulfite (NaHS03); sulphite, for example, sodium sulfite (Na2S03). In a more preferable embodiment, sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite. In one embodiment, Sulfhydryl reagent is selected from dithiothreitol. In one embodiment, Hydride is selected from hydrogen hydride (H2S), sodium borohydrid (NaBH4), and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH3).
The effective amount of the reducing agent can depend on one or more (e.g., several) factors including, but not limited to, the mixture of component cellulolytic enzymes, the cellulosic substrate, the concentration of cellulosic substrate, the pretreatment(s) of the cellulosic substrate, non-cellulosic components (e.g., native or degraded lignin or hemicellulose), non- cellulase components, temperature, and reaction time. In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity. In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the cellulolytic enzyme(s). In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the cellulose. In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and the cellulolytic enzyme(s). In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and the cellulose. In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the cellulolytic enzyme(s) and the cellulose. In another aspect, the reducing agent is present in an amount that is not limiting with regard to the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, the cellulolytic enzyme(s), and the cellulose. The reducing agent may be at any suitable concentration. Non-limiting examples of the final concentrations of the reducing agent during treatment system (for example, pretreatment, hydrolysis/saccharification and/or fermentation system) include, about 0.001 % to about 3% (w/w), preferably about 0.01 % to about 1 % (w/w), more preferably about 0.05% to about 0.5% (w/w), based on the weight of the reducing agent and the weight of the treatment system.
In some aspects of the present invention, the method further comprises treating the cellulosic material with a reducing agent before, during and/or after saccharifying a cellulosic material. The reducing agent concentration during process/treatment may be at any suitable concentration as described above. In some aspects, the reducing agent is at a higher concentration for saccharification and then decreased to a lower concentration for fermentation.
In another aspect, an effective amount of the reducing agent to cellulose is about 10~6 to about 10 g per g of cellulose, e.g., about 10~6 to about 7.5, about 10~6 to about 5, about 10~6 to about 2.5, about 10"6 to about 1 , about 10"5 to about 1 , about 10"5 to about 10 \ about 10"4 to about 10 " , about 103 to about 10 ~ , or about 103 to about 10"2 g per g of cellulose.
In another aspect, an effective amount of the reducing agent in the process/treatment (for example, pretreatment, hydrolysis/saccharification, and/or fermentation) system is about 0.01 mg to about 30 mg per g of treatment system, preferably about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg per g of treatment system, more preferably about 0.5 mg to about 5 mg per g of treatment system.
In another aspect of the present invention, the reducing agent(s) may be recycled from a completed saccharification or completed saccharification and fermentation to a new saccharification. The reducing agent(s) can be recovered using standard methods in the art, e.g. , filtration/centrifugation pre- or post-distillation, to remove residual solids, cellular debris, etc. and then recirculated to the new saccharification.
Polypeptides Having Cellulolytic Enhancing Activity and Polynucleotides Thereof
In the methods of the present invention, any GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity can be used.
In a first aspect, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motifs:
[ILMV]-P-X(4,5)-G-X-Y-[ILMV]-X-R-X-[EQ]-X(4)-[HNQ] (SEQ ID NO: 213 or SEQ ID NO: 214) and [FW]-[TF]-K-[AIV],
wherein X is any amino acid, X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions, and X(4) is any amino acid at 4 contiguous positions.
The GH61 polypeptide comprising the above-noted motifs may further comprise:
H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILIvlV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216),
[EQ]-X-Y-X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217), or
H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILIvlV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216) and [EQ]-X-Y-
X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217),
wherein X is any amino acid, X(1 ,2) is any amino acid at 1 position or 2 contiguous positions, X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions, and X(2) is any amino acid at 2 contiguous positions. In the above motifs, the accepted lUPAC single letter amino acid abbreviation is employed.
In a preferred embodiment, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILIvlV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216). In another preferred embodiment, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity further comprises [EQ]-X-Y-X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217). In another preferred embodiment, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216) and [EQ]-X- Y-X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217).
In a second aspect, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motif:
[ILMV]-P-X(4,5)-G-X-Y-[ILMV]-X-R-X-[EQ]-X(3)-A-[HNQ] (SEQ ID NO: 218 or SEQ ID
NO: 219),
wherein X is any amino acid, X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions, and X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions. In the above motif, the accepted lUPAC single letter amino acid abbreviation is employed. In a third aspect, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%. In an embodiment, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%. In an embodiment, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
In a preferred embodiment, the mature polypeptide is amino acids 20 to 326 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 18 to 239 of SEQ ID NO: 4, amino acids 20 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 6, amino acids 19 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 8, amino acids 20 to 304 of SEQ ID NO: 10, amino acids 16 to 317 of SEQ ID NO: 12, amino acids 22 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 14, amino acids 20 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 16, amino acids 18 to 232 of SEQ ID NO: 18, amino acids 16 to 235 of SEQ ID NO: 20, amino acids 19 to 323 of SEQ ID NO: 22, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 24, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 26, amino acids 22 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 28, amino acids 22 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 30, or amino acids 22 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 32, amino acids 24 to 444 of SEQ ID NO: 34, amino acids 26 to 253 of SEQ ID NO: 36, amino acids 20 to 223 of SEQ ID NO: 38, amino acids 18 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 40, amino acids 20 to 334 of SEQ ID NO: 42, amino acids
18 to 227 of SEQ ID NO: 44, amino acids 22 to 368 of SEQ ID NO: 46, amino acids 25 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 48, amino acids 17 to 236 of SEQ ID NO: 50, amino acids 19 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 52, amino acids 23 to 478 of SEQ ID NO: 54, amino acids 17 to 230 of SEQ ID NO: 56, amino acids 20 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 58, amino acids 23 to 251 of SEQ ID NO: 60, amino acids
19 to 349 of SEQ ID NO: 62, amino acids 24 to 436 of SEQ ID NO: 64, amino acids 21 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 134, 21 to 389 of SEQ ID NO: 136, amino acids 22 to 406 of SEQ ID NO: 138, amino acids 20 to 427 of SEQ ID NO: 140, amino acids 18 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 142, amino acids 21 to 273 of SEQ ID NO: 144, amino acids 21 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 146, amino acids 18 to 234 of SEQ ID NO: 148, amino acids 24 to 233 of SEQ ID NO: 150, amino acids 17 to 237 of SEQ ID NO: 152, amino acids 20 to 484 of SEQ ID NO: 154, or amino acids 22 to 320 of SEQ ID NO: 156, amino acids 18 to 227 of SEQ ID NO: 158, amino acids 17 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 160, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 162, amino acids 28 to 265 of SEQ ID NO: 164, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 166, amino acids 21 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 168, amino acids 22 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 170, amino acids 16 to 237 of SEQ ID NO: 172, amino acids 20 to 234 of SEQ ID NO: 174, amino acids 18 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 176, amino acids 17 to 231 of SEQ ID NO: 178, amino acids 22 to 248 of SEQ ID NO: 180, amino acids 18 to 233 of SEQ ID NO: 182, amino acids 21 to 243 of SEQ ID NO: 184, amino acids 21 to 363 of SEQ ID NO: 186, amino acids 20 to 296 of SEQ ID NO: 188, amino acids 16 to 318 of SEQ ID NO: 190, amino acids 19 to 259 of SEQ ID NO: 192, amino acids 20 to 325 of SEQ ID NO: 194, amino acids 19 to 298 of SEQ ID NO: 196, amino acids 20 to 298 of SEQ ID NO: 198, amino acids 22 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 200, amino acids 20 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 202, amino acids 19 to 216 of SEQ ID NO: 204, amino acids 18 to 490 of SEQ ID NO: 206, amino acids 21 to 306 of SEQ ID NO: 208, amino acids 22 to 339 of SEQ ID NO: 210, or amino acids 22 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 212.
In a fourth aspect, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (ii) the genomic DNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 9, 11 , 15, 145, 147, or 149, or the cDNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 13, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 151 , 153, 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (iii) a subsequence of (i) or (ii), or (iv) a full-length complement of (i), (ii), or (iii) (Sambrook et a/., 1989, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, 2d edition, Cold Spring Harbor, New York). A subsequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 211 , contains at least 100 contiguous nucleotides or preferably at least 200 contiguous nucleotides. Moreover, the subsequence may encode a polypeptide fragment that has cellulolytic enhancing activity.
In a preferred embodiment, the mature polypeptide coding sequence is nucleotides 388 to 1332 of SEQ ID NO: 1 , nucleotides 98 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 3, nucleotides 126 to 978 of SEQ ID NO: 5, nucleotides 55 to 678 of SEQ ID NO: 7, nucleotides 58 to 912 of SEQ ID NO: 9, nucleotides 46 to 951 of SEQ ID NO: 1 1 , nucleotides 64 to 796 of SEQ ID NO: 13, nucleotides 77 to 766 of SEQ ID NO: 15, nucleotides 52 to 921 of SEQ ID NO: 17, nucleotides 46 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 19, nucleotides 55 to 1239 of SEQ ID NO: 21 , nucleotides 46 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 23, nucleotides 58 to 811 of SEQ ID NO: 25, nucleotides 64 to 11 12 of SEQ ID NO: 27, nucleotides 64 to 859 of SEQ ID NO: 29, nucleotides 64 to 1018 of SEQ ID NO: 31 , nucleotides 70 to 1483 of SEQ ID NO: 33, nucleotides 76 to 832 of SEQ ID NO: 35, nucleotides 58 to 974 of SEQ ID NO: 37, nucleotides 52 to 875 of SEQ ID NO: 39, nucleotides 58 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 41 , nucleotides 52 to 795 of SEQ ID NO: 43, nucleotides 64 to 1104 of SEQ ID NO: 45, nucleotides 73 to 990 of SEQ ID NO: 47, nucleotides 49 to 1218 of SEQ ID NO: 49, nucleotides 55 to 930 of SEQ ID NO: 51 , nucleotides 67 to 1581 of SEQ ID NO: 53, nucleotides 49 to 865 of SEQ ID NO: 55, nucleotides 58 to 1065 of SEQ ID NO: 57, nucleotides 67 to 868 of SEQ ID NO: 59, nucleotides 55 to 1099 of SEQ ID NO: 61 , nucleotides 70 to 1483 of SEQ ID NO: 63, nucleotides 61 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 133, nucleotides 61 to 1 167 of SEQ ID NO: 135, nucleotides 64 to 1218 of SEQ ID NO: 137, nucleotides 58 to 1281 of SEQ ID NO: 139, nucleotides 52 to 801 of SEQ ID NO: 141 , nucleotides 61 to 819 of SEQ ID NO: 143, nucleotides 61 to 966 of SEQ ID NO: 145, nucleotides 52 to 702 of SEQ ID NO: 147, nucleotides 70 to 699 of SEQ ID NO: 149, nucleotides 49 to 71 1 of SEQ ID NO: 151 , nucleotides 76 to 1452 of SEQ ID NO: 153, nucleotides 64 to 1018 of SEQ ID NO: 155, nucleotides 52 to 818 of SEQ ID NO: 157, nucleotides 49 to 1 117 of SEQ ID NO: 159, nucleotides 58 to 875 of SEQ ID NO: 161 , nucleotides 82 to 1064 of SEQ ID NO: 163, nucleotides 46 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 165, nucleotides 61 to 1062 of SEQ ID NO: 167, nucleotides 64 to 801 of SEQ ID NO: 169, nucleotides 46 to 840 of SEQ ID NO: 171 , nucleotides 58 to 702 of SEQ ID NO: 173, nucleotides 52 to 750 of SEQ ID NO: 175, nucleotides 49 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 177, nucleotides 64 to 860 of SEQ ID NO: 179, nucleotides 52 to 830 of SEQ ID NO: 181 , nucleotides 61 to 925 of SEQ ID NO: 183, nucleotides 61 to 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 185, nucleotides 58 to 1083 of SEQ ID NO: 187, nucleotides 46 to 1029 of SEQ ID NO: 189, nucleotides 55 to 1 1 10 of SEQ ID NO: 191 , nucleotides 58 to 1 100 of SEQ ID NO: 193, nucleotides 55 to 1036 of SEQ ID NO: 195, nucleotides 58 to 1022 of SEQ ID NO: 197, nucleotides 64 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 199, nucleotides 58 to 1054 of SEQ ID NO: 201 , nucleotides 55 to 769 of SEQ ID NO: 203, nucleotides 52 to 1533 of SEQ ID NO: 205, nucleotides 61 to 918 of SEQ ID NO: 207, nucleotides 64 to 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 209, or nucleotides 64 to 1086 of SEQ ID NO: 21 1.
In a fifth aspect, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 211 , of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
In a sixth aspect, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is an variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g., several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
The amino acid changes may be of a minor nature, that is conservative amino acid substitutions or insertions that do not significantly affect the folding and/or activity of the protein; small deletions, typically of 1 -30 amino acids; small amino- or carboxyl-terminal extensions, such as an amino-terminal methionine residue; a small linker peptide of up to 20-25 residues; or a small extension that facilitates purification by changing net charge or another function, such as a poly-histidine tract, an antigenic epitope or a binding domain.
Examples of conservative substitutions are within the groups of basic amino acids (arginine, lysine and histidine), acidic amino acids (glutamic acid and aspartic acid), polar amino acids (glutamine and asparagine), hydrophobic amino acids (leucine, isoleucine and valine), aromatic amino acids (phenylalanine, tryptophan and tyrosine), and small amino acids (glycine, alanine, serine, threonine and methionine). Amino acid substitutions that do not generally alter specific activity are known in the art and are described, for example, by H. Neurath and R.L. Hill, 1979, In, The Proteins, Academic Press, New York. Common substitutions are Ala/Ser, Val/lle, Asp/Glu, Thr/Ser, Ala/Gly, Ala/Thr, Ser/Asn, Ala/Val, Ser/Gly, Tyr/Phe, Ala/Pro, Lys/Arg, Asp/Asn, Leu/lle, Leu/Val, Ala/Glu, and Asp/Gly.
Alternatively, the amino acid changes are of such a nature that the physico-chemical properties of the polypeptides are altered. For example, amino acid changes may improve the thermal stability of the polypeptide, alter the substrate specificity, change the pH optimum, and the like.
Essential amino acids in a polypeptide can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, 1989, Science 244: 1081-1085). In the latter technique, single alanine mutations are introduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutant molecules are tested for cellulolytic enhancing activity to identify amino acid residues that are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton et al., 1996, J. Biol. Chem. 271 : 4699-4708. The active site of the enzyme or other biological interaction can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction, or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al., 1992, Science 255: 306-312; Smith et al. , 1992, J. Mol. Biol. 224: 899-904; Wlodaver et al., 1992, FEBS Lett. 309: 59-64.
Single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions can be made and tested using known methods of mutagenesis, recombination, and/or shuffling, followed by a relevant screening procedure, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar-Olson and Sauer, 1988, Science 241 : 53-57; Bowie and Sauer, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 2152-2156; WO 95/17413; or WO 95/22625. Other methods that can be used include error-prone PCR, phage display (e.g., Lowman et al., 1991 , Biochemistry 30: 10832-10837; U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409; WO 92/06204), and region-directed mutagenesis (Derbyshire et al. , 1986, Gene 46: 145; Ner et al. , 1988, DNA 7: 127).
Mutagenesis/shuffling methods can be combined with high-throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides expressed by host cells (Ness et al. , 1999, Nature Biotechnology 17: 893-896). Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode active polypeptides can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using standard methods in the art. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide.
The total number of amino acid substitutions, deletions and/or insertions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, is up to 10, e.g. , 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
A polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity may be obtained from microorganisms of any genus. For purposes of the present invention, the term "obtained from" as used herein in connection with a given source shall mean that the polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide is produced by the source or by a strain in which the polynucleotide from the source has been inserted. In one aspect, the polypeptide obtained from a given source is secreted extracellularly.
The polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity may also be a fungal polypeptide, and more preferably a yeast polypeptide such as a Candida, Kluyveromyces, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Schizosaccharomyces, or Yarrowia GH61 polypeptide; or a filamentous fungal GH61 polypeptide such as an Acremonium, Agaricus, Alternaria, Aspergillus, Aureobasidium, Botryospaeria, Ceriporiopsis, Chaetomidium, Chrysosporium, Claviceps, Cochliobolus, Coprinopsis, Coptotermes, Corynascus, Cryphonectria, Cryptococcus, Diplodia, Exidia, Filibasidium, Fusanum, Gibberella, Holomastigotoides, Humicola, Irpex, Lentinula, Leptospaeria, Magnaporthe, Melanocarpus, Meripilus, Mucor, Myceliophthora, Neocallimastix, Neurospora, Paecilomyces, Penicillium, Phanerochaete, Piromyces, Poitrasia, Pseudoplectania, Pseudotrichonympha, Rhizomucor, Schizophyllum, Scytalidium, Talaromyces, Thermoascus, Thielavia, Tolypocladium, Trichoderma, Trichophaea, Verticillium, Volvariella, or Xylaria polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
In another aspect, the polypeptide is a Saccharomyces carlsbergensis, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Saccharomyces diastaticus, Saccharomyces douglasii, Saccharomyces kluyveh, Saccharomyces norbensis, or Saccharomyces oviformis polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
In another aspect, the polypeptide is an Acremonium cellulolyticus, Aspergillus aculeatus, Aspergillus awamoh, Aspergillus foetidus, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus japonicus, Aspergillus lentulus, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Aspergillus terreus, Chrysosponum inops, Chrysosporium keratinophilum, Chrysosporium lucknowense, Chrysosporium merdarium, Chrysosporium pannicola, Chrysosporium queenslandicum, Chrysosporium tropicum, Chrysosporium zonatum, Fennellia nivea, Fusanum bactridioides, Fusanum cerealis, Fusanum crookwellense, Fusanum culmorum, Fusanum graminearum, Fusanum graminum, Fusanum heterosporum, Fusanum negundi, Fusanum oxysporum, Fusanum reticulatum, Fusanum roseum, Fusanum sambucinum, Fusanum sarcochroum, Fusarium sporotnchioides, Fusanum sulphureum, Fusanum torulosum, Fusanum trichothecioides, Fusanum venenatum, Humicola ghsea, Humicola insolens, Humicola lanuginosa, Irpex lacteus, Mucor miehei, Myceliophthora thermophila, Neurospora crassa, Penicillium emersonii, Penicillium funiculosum, Penicillium pinophilum, Penicillium purpurogenum, Phanerochaete chrysosporium, Talaromyces leycettanus, Thermoascus aurantiacus, Thielavia achromatica, Thielavia albomyces, Thielavia albopilosa, Thielavia australeinsis, Thielavia fimeti, Thielavia microspora, Thielavia ovispora, Thielavia peruviana, Thielavia setosa, Thielavia spededonium, Thielavia subthermophila, Thielavia terrestris, Thchoderma harzianum, Trichoderma koningii, Trichoderma longibrachiatum, Thchoderma reesei, or Trichoderma viride polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
It will be understood that for the aforementioned species the invention encompasses both the perfect and imperfect states, and other taxonomic equivalents, e.g. , anamorphs, regardless of the species name by which they are known. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize the identity of appropriate equivalents.
Strains of these species are readily accessible to the public in a number of culture collections, such as the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Deutsche Sammlung von Mikroorganismen und Zellkulturen GmbH (DSM), Centraalbureau Voor Schimmelcultures (CBS), and Agricultural Research Service Patent Culture Collection, Northern Regional Research Center (NRRL).
Enzyme Compositions
The enzyme compositions can comprise any protein that is useful in degrading or converting cellulosic material. The compositions may comprise one enzyme as the major enzymatic component, e.g., a mono-component composition, or multiple enzymes. The compositions may be prepared in accordance with methods known in the art and may be in the form of a liquid or a dry composition. The compositions may be stabilized in accordance with methods known in the art.
The compositions may be a fermentation broth formulation or a cell composition, as described herein. In some embodiments, the composition is a cell-killed whole broth containing organic acid(s), killed cells and/or cell debris, and culture medium.
The term "fermentation broth" as used herein refers to a preparation produced by cellular fermentation that undergoes no or minimal recovery and/or purification. For example, fermentation broths are produced when microbial cultures are grown to saturation, incubated under carbon-limiting conditions to allow protein synthesis (e.g. , expression of enzymes by host cells) and secretion into cell culture medium. The fermentation broth can contain unfractionated or fractionated contents of the fermentation materials derived at the end of the fermentation. Typically, the fermentation broth is unfractionated and comprises the spent culture medium and cell debris present after the microbial cells (e.g. , filamentous fungal cells) are removed, e.g. , by centrifugation. In some embodiments, the fermentation broth contains spent cell culture medium, extracellular enzymes, and viable and/or nonviable microbial cells.
In an embodiment, the fermentation broth formulation and cell compositions comprise a first organic acid component comprising at least one 1 -5 carbon organic acid and/or a salt thereof and a second organic acid component comprising at least one 6 or more carbon organic acid and/or a salt thereof. In a specific embodiment, the first organic acid component is acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, a salt thereof, or a mixture of two or more of the foregoing and the second organic acid component is benzoic acid, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 4-methylvaleric acid, phenylacetic acid, a salt thereof, or a mixture of two or more of the foregoing.
In one aspect, the composition contains an organic acid(s), and optionally further contains killed cells and/or cell debris. In one embodiment, the killed cells and/or cell debris are removed from a cell-killed whole broth to provide a composition that is free of these components.
The fermentation broth formulations or cell compositions may further comprise a preservative and/or anti-microbial (e.g., bacteriostatic) agent, including, but not limited to, sorbitol, sodium chloride, potassium sorbate, and others known in the art.
The cell-killed whole broth or composition may contain the unfractionated contents of the fermentation materials derived at the end of the fermentation. Typically, the cell-killed whole broth or composition contains the spent culture medium and cell debris present after the microbial cells (e.g., filamentous fungal cells) are grown to saturation, incubated under carbon- limiting conditions to allow protein synthesis (e.g. , expression of cellulase and/or glucosidase enzyme(s)). In some embodiments, the cell-killed whole broth or composition contains the spent cell culture medium, extracellular enzymes, and killed filamentous fungal cells. In some embodiments, the microbial cells present in the cell-killed whole broth or composition can be permeabilized and/or lysed using methods known in the art.
A whole broth or cell composition as described herein is typically a liquid, but may contain insoluble components, such as killed cells, cell debris, culture media components, and/or insoluble enzyme(s). In some embodiments, insoluble components may be removed to provide a clarified liquid composition. The whole broth formulations and cell compositions may be produced by a method described in WO 90/15861 or WO 2010/096673.
In one aspect, the enzyme composition comprises or further comprises one or more (e.g., several) proteins selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin. In another aspect, the cellulase is preferably one or more (e.g., several) enzymes selected from the group consisting of an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta-glucosidase. In another aspect, the hemicellulase is preferably one or more (e.g., several) enzymes selected from the group consisting of an acetylmannan esterase, an acetylxylan esterase, an arabinanase, an arabinofuranosidase, a coumaric acid esterase, a feruloyl esterase, a galactosidase, a glucuronidase, a glucuronoyl esterase, a mannanase, a mannosidase, a xylanase, and a xylosidase.
In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises one or more (e.g., several) cellulolytic enzymes. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises or further comprises one or more (e.g., several) hemicellulolytic enzymes. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises one or more (e.g., several) cellulolytic enzymes and one or more (e.g., several) hemicellulolytic enzymes. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises one or more (e.g., several) enzymes selected from the group of cellulolytic enzymes and hemicellulolytic enzymes. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a cellobiohydrolase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a beta-glucosidase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a cellobiohydrolase and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a beta-glucosidase and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase and a cellobiohydrolase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase and a beta-glucosidase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a cellobiohydrolase and a beta-glucosidase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase, a beta-glucosidase, and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a cellobiohydrolase, a beta-glucosidase, and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta-glucosidase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, a beta-glucosidase, and a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity.
In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an acetylmannan esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an acetylxylan esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an arabinanase (e.g., alpha-L-arabinanase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an arabinofuranosidase (e.g., alpha-L- arabinofuranosidase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a coumaric acid esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a feruloyi esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a galactosidase (e.g., alpha-galactosidase and/or beta-galactosidase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a glucuronidase (e.g., alpha-D-glucuronidase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a glucuronoyl esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a mannanase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a mannosidase (e.g., beta-mannosidase). In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a xylanase. In a preferred aspect, the xylanase is a Family 10 xylanase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a xylosidase (e.g., beta-xylosidase).
In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an esterase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises an expansin. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a laccase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a ligninolytic enzyme. In a preferred aspect, the ligninolytic enzyme is a manganese peroxidase. In another preferred aspect, the ligninolytic enzyme is a lignin peroxidase. In another preferred aspect, the ligninolytic enzyme is a H202-producing enzyme. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a pectinase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a peroxidase. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a protease. In another aspect, the enzyme composition comprises a swollenin.
In the methods of the present invention, the enzyme(s) can be added prior to or during saccharification, saccharification and fermentation, or fermentation.
One or more (e.g., several) components of the enzyme composition may be wild-type proteins, recombinant proteins, or a combination of wild-type proteins and recombinant proteins. For example, one or more (e.g., several) components may be native proteins of a cell, which is used as a host cell to express recombinantly one or more (e.g., several) other components of the enzyme composition. One or more (e.g. , several) components of the enzyme composition may be produced as monocomponents, which are then combined to form the enzyme composition. The enzyme composition may be a combination of multicomponent and monocomponent protein preparations.
The enzymes used in the methods of the present invention may be in any form suitable for use, such as, for example, a fermentation broth formulation or a cell composition, a cell lysate with or without cellular debris, a semi-purified or purified enzyme preparation, or a host cell as a source of the enzymes. The enzyme composition may be a dry powder or granulate, a non-dusting granulate, a liquid, a stabilized liquid, or a stabilized protected enzyme. Liquid enzyme preparations may, for instance, be stabilized by adding stabilizers such as a sugar, a sugar alcohol or another polyol, and/or lactic acid or another organic acid according to established processes.
The enzymes (collectively hereinafter "polypeptides having enzyme activity") can be derived or obtained from any suitable origin, including, bacterial, fungal, yeast, plant, or mammalian origin. The term "obtained" also means herein that the enzyme may have been produced recombinantly in a host organism employing methods described herein, wherein the recombinantly produced enzyme is either native or foreign to the host organism or has a modified amino acid sequence, e.g., having one or more (e.g., several) amino acids that are deleted, inserted and/or substituted, i.e. , a recombinantly produced enzyme that is a mutant and/or a fragment of a native amino acid sequence or an enzyme produced by nucleic acid shuffling processes known in the art. Encompassed within the meaning of a native enzyme are natural variants and within the meaning of a foreign enzyme are variants obtained recombinantly, such as by site-directed mutagenesis or shuffling.
A polypeptide having enzyme activity may be a bacterial polypeptide. For example, the polypeptide may be a Gram positive bacterial polypeptide such as a Bacillus, Streptococcus, Streptomyces, Staphylococcus, Enterococcus, Lactobacillus, Lactococcus, Clostridium, Geobacillus, Caldicellulosiruptor, Acidothermus, Thermobifidia, or Oceanobacillus polypeptide having enzyme activity, or a Gram negative bacterial polypeptide such as an £ coli, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Campylobacter, Helicobacter, Flavobacterium, Fusobacterium, llyobacter, Neisseria, or Ureaplasma polypeptide having enzyme activity.
In one aspect, the polypeptide is a Bacillus alkalophilus, Bacillus amyloliquefaciens, Bacillus brevis, Bacillus circulans, Bacillus clausii, Bacillus coagulans, Bacillus firmus, Bacillus lautus, Bacillus lentus, Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus stearothermophilus, Bacillus subtilis, or Bacillus thuringiensis polypeptide having enzyme activity.
In another aspect, the polypeptide is a Streptococcus equisimilis, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus ubens, or Streptococcus equi subsp. Zooepidemicus polypeptide having enzyme activity.
In another aspect, the polypeptide is a Streptomyces achromogenes, Streptomyces avermitilis, Streptomyces coelicolor, Streptomyces gn'seus, or Streptomyces lividans polypeptide having enzyme activity.
The polypeptide having enzyme activity may also be a fungal polypeptide, and more preferably a yeast polypeptide such as a Candida, Kluyveromyces, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Schizosaccharomyces, or Yarrowia polypeptide having enzyme activity; or more preferably a filamentous fungal polypeptide such as an Acremonium, Agahcus, Altemaria, Aspergillus, Aureobasidium, Botryospaeha, Ceriporiopsis, Chaetomidium, Chrysosporium, Claviceps, Cochliobolus, Coprinopsis, Coptotermes, Corynascus, Cryphonectha, Cryptococcus, Diplodia, Exidia, Filibasidium, Fusanum, Gibberella, Holomastigotoides, Humicola, Irpex, Lentinula, Leptospaeria, Magnaporthe, Melanocarpus, Meripilus, Mucor, Myceliophthora, Neocallimastix, Neurospora, Paecilomyces, Penicillium, Phanerochaete, Piromyces, Poitrasia, Pseudoplectania, Pseudotrichonympha, Rhizomucor, Schizophyllum, Scytalidium, Talaromyces, Thermoascus, Thielavia, Tolypocladium, Trichoderma, Trichophaea, Verticillium, Volvariella, or Xylaria polypeptide having enzyme activity.
In one aspect, the polypeptide is a Saccharomyces carlsbergensis, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Saccharomyces diastaticus, Saccharomyces douglasii, Saccharomyces kluyveh, Saccharomyces norbensis, or Saccharomyces oviformis polypeptide having enzyme activity.
In another aspect, the polypeptide is an Acremonium cellulolyticus, Aspergillus aculeatus, Aspergillus awamoh, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus foetidus, Aspergillus japonicus, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Chrysosporium keratinophilum, Chrysosporium lucknowense, Chrysosporium tropicum, Chrysosporium merdarium, Chrysosporium inops, Chrysosporium pannicola, Chrysosporium queenslandicum, Chrysosporium zonatum, Fusanum bactridioides, Fusanum cerealis, Fusanum crookwellense, Fusanum culmorum, Fusanum graminearum, Fusanum graminum, Fusanum heterosporum, Fusanum negundi, Fusanum oxysporum, Fusanum reticulatum, Fusanum roseum, Fusanum sambucinum, Fusanum sarcochroum, Fusanum sporotrichioides, Fusanum sulphureum, Fusanum torulosum, Fusanum trichothecioides, Fusanum venenatum, Humicola grisea, Humicola insolens, Humicola lanuginosa, Irpex lacteus, Mucor miehei, Myceliophthora thermophila, Neurospora crassa, Penicillium funiculosum, Penicillium purpurogenum, Phanerochaete chrysosporium, Thielavia achromatica, Thielavia albomyces, Thielavia albopilosa, Thielavia australeinsis, Thielavia fimeti, Thielavia microspora, Thielavia ovispora, Thielavia peruviana, Thielavia spededonium, Thielavia setosa, Thielavia subthermophila, Thielavia terrestris, Tnchoderma hanzianum, Tnchoderma koningii, Tnchoderma longibrachiatum, Tnchoderma reesei, Tnchoderma viride, or Tnchophaea saccata polypeptide having enzyme activity.
Chemically modified or protein engineered mutants of polypeptides having enzyme activity may also be used.
One or more (e.g., several) components of the enzyme composition may be a recombinant component, i.e. , produced by cloning of a DNA sequence encoding the single component and subsequent cell transformed with the DNA sequence and expressed in a host (see, for example, WO 91/17243 and WO 91/17244). The host is preferably a heterologous host (enzyme is foreign to host), but the host may under certain conditions also be a homologous host (enzyme is native to host). Monocomponent cellulolytic proteins may also be prepared by purifying such a protein from a fermentation broth.
In one aspect, the one or more (e.g., several) cellulolytic enzymes comprise a commercial cellulolytic enzyme preparation. Examples of commercial cellulolytic enzyme preparations suitable for use in the present invention include, for example, CELLIC® CTec (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® CTec2 (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® Ctec3 (Novozymes A/S), CELLUCLAST™ (Novozymes A/S), NOVOZYM™ 188 (Novozymes A/S), CELLUZYME™ (Novozymes A/S), CEREFLO™ (Novozymes A/S), and ULTRAFLO™ (Novozymes A/S), ACCELERASE™ (Genencor Int.), LAM IN EX™ (Genencor Int.), SPEZYME™ CP (Genencor Int.), FILTRASE® NL (DSM); METHAPLUS® S/L 100 (DSM), ROHAMENT™ 7069 W (Rohm GmbH), FIBREZYME® LDI (Dyadic International, Inc.), FIBREZYME® LBR (Dyadic International, Inc.), or VISCOSTAR® 150L (Dyadic International, Inc.). The cellulase enzymes are added in amounts effective from about 0.001 to about 5.0 wt % of solids, e.g., about 0.025 to about 4.0 wt % of solids or about 0.005 to about 2.0 wt % of solids.
Examples of bacterial endoglucanases that can be used in the methods of the present invention, include, but are not limited to, an Acidothermus cellulolyticus endoglucanase (WO 91/05039; WO 93/15186; U.S. Patent No. 5,275,944; WO 96/02551 ; U.S. Patent No. 5,536,655, WO 00/70031 , WO 05/093050); Thermobifida fusca endoglucanase III (WO 05/093050); and Thermobifida fusca endoglucanase V (WO 05/093050).
Examples of fungal endoglucanases that can be used in the present invention include, but are not limited to, a Tnchoderma reesei endoglucanase I (Penttila et a/., 1986, Gene 45: 253-263; Trichoderma reesei Cel7B endoglucanase I; GENBANK™ accession no. M15665; SEQ ID NO: 66); Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase II (Saloheimo, et a/., 1988, Gene 63:1 1- 22; Trichoderma reesei Cel5A endoglucanase II; GENBANK™ accession no. M19373; SEQ ID NO: 68); Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase III (Okada et al , 1988, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 555-563; GENBANK™ accession no. AB003694; SEQ ID NO: 70); Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase V (Saloheimo et a/., 1994, Molecular Microbiology 13: 219-228; GENBANK™ accession no. Z33381 ; SEQ ID NO: 72); Aspergillus aculeatus endoglucanase (Ooi et al., 1990, Nucleic Acids Research 18: 5884); Aspergillus kawachii endoglucanase (Sakamoto et al. , 1995, Current Genetics 27: 435-439); Erwinia carotovara endoglucanase (Saarilahti et al. , 1990, Gene 90: 9-14); Fusarium oxysporum endoglucanase (GENBANK™ accession no. L29381); Humicola ghsea var. thermoidea endoglucanase (GENBANK™ accession no. AB003107); Melanocarpus albomyces endoglucanase (GENBANK™ accession no. MAL515703); Neurospora crassa endoglucanase (GENBANK™ accession no. XM_324477); Humicola insolens endoglucanase V (SEQ ID NO: 74); Myceliophthora thermophila CBS 117.65 endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 76); basidiomycete CBS 495.95 endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 78); basidiomycete CBS 494.95 endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 80); Thielavia terrestns NRRL 8126 CEL6B endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 82); Thielavia terrestns NRRL 8126 CEL6C endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 84); Thielavia terrestns NRRL 8126 CEL7C endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 86); Thielavia terrestns NRRL 8126 CEL7E endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 88); Thielavia terrestns NRRL 8126 CEL7F endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 90); Cladorrhinum foecundissimum ATCC 62373 CEL7A endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 92); and Trichoderma reesei strain No. VTT-D-80133 endoglucanase (SEQ ID NO: 94; GENBANK™ accession no. M15665). The endoglucanases of SEQ ID NO: 66, SEQ ID NO: 68, SEQ ID NO: 70, SEQ ID NO: 72, SEQ ID NO: 74, SEQ ID NO: 76, SEQ ID NO: 78, SEQ ID NO: 80, SEQ ID NO: 82, SEQ ID NO: 84, SEQ ID NO: 86, SEQ ID NO: 88, SEQ ID NO: 90, SEQ ID NO: 92, and SEQ ID NO: 94 described above are encoded by the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65, SEQ ID NO: 67, SEQ ID NO: 69, SEQ ID NO: 71 , SEQ ID NO: 73, SEQ ID NO: 75, SEQ ID NO: 77, SEQ ID NO: 79, SEQ ID NO: 81 , SEQ ID NO: 83, SEQ ID NO: 85, SEQ ID NO: 87, SEQ ID NO: 89, SEQ ID NO: 91 , and SEQ ID NO: 93, respectively.
Examples of cellobiohydrolases useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase I (SEQ ID NO: 96); Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase II (SEQ ID NO: 98); Humicola insolens cellobiohydrolase I (SEQ ID NO: 100); Myceliophthora thermophila cellobiohydrolase II (SEQ ID NO: 102 and SEQ ID NO: 104); Thielavia terrestris cellobiohydrolase II (CEL6A) (SEQ ID NO: 106); Chaetomium thermophilum cellobiohydrolase I (SEQ ID NO: 108); Chaetomium thermophilum cellobiohydrolase II (SEQ ID NO: 110); Aspergillus fumigatus cellobiohydrolase I (SEQ ID NO: 1 12); and Aspergillus fumigatus cellobiohydrolase II (SEQ ID NO: 1 14).
The cellobiohydrolases of SEQ ID NO: 96, SEQ ID NO: 98, SEQ ID NO: 100, SEQ ID
NO: 102, SEQ ID NO: 104, SEQ ID NO: 106, SEQ ID NO: 108, SEQ ID NO: 1 10, SEQ ID NO: 1 12, and SEQ ID NO: 1 14 described above are encoded by the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 97, SEQ ID NO: 99, SEQ ID NO: 101 , SEQ ID NO: 103, SEQ ID NO: 105, SEQ ID NO: 107, SEQ ID NO: 109, SEQ ID NO: 11 1 , and SEQ ID NO: 1 13, respectively.
Examples of beta-glucosidases useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 1 16); Aspergillus fumigatus beta- glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 1 18); Penicillium brasilianum IBT 20888 beta-glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 120); Aspergillus niger beta-glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 122); and Aspergillus aculeatus beta-glucosidase (SEQ ID NO: 124). The beta-glucosidases of SEQ ID NO: 1 16, SEQ ID NO: 1 18, SEQ ID NO: 120, SEQ ID NO: 122, and SEQ ID NO: 124 described above are encoded by the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 15, SEQ ID NO: 1 17, and SEQ ID NO: 1 19, SEQ ID NO: 121 , and SEQ ID NO: 123, respectively.
Examples of other beta-glucosidases useful in the present invention include an Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase variant fusion protein of SEQ ID NO: 126 or the Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase fusion protein of SEQ ID NO: 128. The beta-glucosidase fusion proteins of SEQ ID NO: 126 and SEQ ID NO: 128 are encoded by SEQ ID NO: 125 and SEQ ID NO: 127, respectively.
The Aspergillus oryzae beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to WO 2002/095014. The Aspergillus fumigatus beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to WO 2005/047499. The Penicillium brasilianum beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to WO 2007/019442. The Aspergillus niger beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to Dan et a/., 2000, J. Biol. Chem. 275: 4973-4980. The Aspergillus aculeatus beta-glucosidase can be obtained according to Kawaguchi et al. , 1996, Gene 173: 287-288.
Other useful endoglucanases, cellobiohydrolases, and beta-glucosidases are disclosed in numerous Glycosyl Hydrolase families using the classification according to Henrissat B., 1991 , A classification of glycosyl hydrolases based on amino-acid sequence similarities, Biochem. J. 280: 309-316, and Henrissat B., and Bairoch A., 1996, Updating the sequence- based classification of glycosyl hydrolases, Biochem. J. 316: 695-696.
Other cellulolytic enzymes that may be used in the present invention are described in WO 98/13465, WO 98/015619, WO 98/015633, WO 99/06574, WO 99/10481 , WO 99/025847, WO 99/031255, WO 2002/101078, WO 2003/027306, WO 2003/052054, WO 2003/052055, WO 2003/052056, WO 2003/052057, WO 2003/0521 18, WO 2004/016760, WO 2004/043980, WO 2004/048592, WO 2005/001065, WO 2005/028636, WO 2005/093050, WO 2005/093073, WO 2006/074005, WO 2006/1 17432, WO 2007/071818, WO 2007/071820, WO 2008/008070, WO 2008/008793, U.S. Patent No. 5,457,046, U.S. Patent No. 5,648,263, and U.S. Patent No. 5,686,593.
In the methods of the present invention, any GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity can be used as a component of the enzyme composition as described herein.
Examples of GH61 polypeptides having cellulolytic enhancing activity useful in the processes of the present invention include, but are not limited to, GH61 polypeptides from Thielavia terresths (WO 2005/074647, WO 2008/148131 , and WO 201 1/035027), Thermoascus aurantiacus (WO 2005/074656 and WO 2010/065830), Trichoderma reesei (WO 2007/089290), Myceliophthora thermophila (WO 2009/085935, WO 2009/085859, WO 2009/085864, WO 2009/085868), Aspergillus fumigatus (WO 2010/138754), GH61 polypeptides from Penicillium pinophilum (WO 2011/005867), Thermoascus sp. (WO 201 1/039319), Penicillium sp. (WO 201 1/041397), and Thermoascus crustaceous (WO 2011/041504).
In one aspect, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is used in the presence of a soluble activating divalent metal cation according to WO 2008/151043, e.g., manganese sulfate.
In another aspect, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is used in the presence of a dioxy compound, a bicylic compound, a heterocyclic compound, a nitrogen- containing compound, a quinone compound, a sulfur-containing compound, or a liquor obtained from a pretreated cellulosic material such as pretreated corn stover (PCS).
The dioxy compound may include any suitable compound containing two or more oxygen atoms. In some aspects, the dioxy compounds contain a substituted aryl moiety as described herein. The dioxy compounds may comprise one or more (e.g., several) hydroxyl and/or hydroxyl derivatives, but also include substituted aryl moieties lacking hydroxyl and hydroxyl derivatives. Non-limiting examples of the dioxy compounds include pyrocatechol or catechol; caffeic acid; 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid; 4-tert-butyl-5-methoxy-1 ,2-benzenediol; pyrogallol; gallic acid; methyl-3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate; 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone; 2,6- dimethoxyphenol; sinapinic acid; 3,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid; 4-chloro-1 ,2-benzenediol; 4-nitro- 1 ,2-benzenediol; tannic acid; ethyl gallate; methyl glycolate; dihydroxyfumaric acid; 2-butyne- 1 ,4-diol; (croconic acid; 1 ,3-propanediol; tartaric acid; 2,4-pentanediol; 3-ethyoxy-1 ,2- propanediol; 2,4,4'-trihydroxybenzophenone; cis-2-butene-1 ,4-diol; 3,4-dihydroxy-3- cyclobutene-1 ,2-dione; dihydroxyacetone; acrolein acetal; methyl-4-hydroxybenzoate; 4- hydroxybenzoic acid; and methyl-3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxybenzoate; or a salt or solvate thereof.
The bicyclic compound may include any suitable substituted fused ring system as described herein. The compounds may comprise one or more (e.g., several) additional rings, and are not limited to a specific number of rings unless otherwise stated. In one aspect, the bicyclic compound is a flavonoid. In another aspect, the bicyclic compound is an optionally substituted isoflavonoid. In another aspect, the bicyclic compound is an optionally substituted flavylium ion, such as an optionally substituted anthocyanidin or optionally substituted anthocyanin, or derivative thereof. Non-limiting examples of the bicyclic compounds include epicatechin; quercetin; myricetin; taxifolin; kaempferol; morin; acacetin; naringenin; isorhamnetin; apigenin; cyanidin; cyanin; kuromanin; keracyanin; or a salt or solvate thereof.
The heterocyclic compound may be any suitable compound, such as an optionally substituted aromatic or non-aromatic ring comprising a heteroatom, as described herein. In one aspect, the heterocyclic is a compound comprising an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl moiety or an optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety. In another aspect, the optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl moiety or optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety is an optionally substituted 5-membered heterocycloalkyl or an optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl moiety. In another aspect, the optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety is an optionally substituted moiety selected from pyrazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, thienyl, dihydrothieno-pyrazolyl, thianaphthenyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, isoquinolinyl, isoindolyl, acridinyl, benzoisazolyl, dimethylhydantoin, pyrazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, indolyl, diazepinyl, azepinyl, thiepinyl, piperidinyl, and oxepinyl. In another aspect, the optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl moiety or optionally substituted heteroaryl moiety is an optionally substituted furanyl. Non-limiting examples of the heterocyclic compounds include (1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl)-3,4-dihydroxyfuran-2(5H)-one; 4-hydroxy- 5-methyl-3-furanone; 5-hydroxy-2(5H)-furanone; [1 ,2-dihydroxyethyl]furan-2,3,4(5H)-trione; a- hydroxy-y-butyrolactone; ribonic γ-lactone; aldohexuronicaldohexuronic acid γ-lactone; gluconic acid δ-lactone; 4-hydroxycoumarin; dihydrobenzofuran; 5-(hydroxymethyl)furfural; furoin; 2(5H)- furanone; 5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-one; and 5,6-dihydro-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-2H-pyran-2-one; or a salt or solvate thereof.
The nitrogen-containing compound may be any suitable compound with one or more nitrogen atoms. In one aspect, the nitrogen-containing compound comprises an amine, imine, hydroxylamine, or nitroxide moiety. Non-limiting examples of the nitrogen-containing compounds include acetone oxime; violuric acid; pyridine-2-aldoxime; 2-aminophenol; 1 ,2- benzenediamine; 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyloxy; 5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobiopterin; 6,7-dimethyl- 5,6,7,8-tetrahydropterine; and maleamic acid; or a salt or solvate thereof.
The quinone compound may be any suitable compound comprising a quinone moiety as described herein. Non-limiting examples of the quinone compounds include 1 ,4-benzoquinone; 1 ,4-naphthoquinone; 2-hydroxy-1 ,4-naphthoquinone; 2,3-dimethoxy-5-methyl-1 ,4-benzoquinone or coenzyme Q0; 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-1 ,4-benzoquinone or duroquinone; 1 ,4- dihydroxyanthraquinone; 3-hydroxy-1 -methyl-5,6-indolinedione or adrenochrome; 4-tert-butyl-5- methoxy-1 ,2-benzoquinone; pyrroloquinoline quinone; or a salt or solvate thereof.
The sulfur-containing compound may be any suitable compound comprising one or more sulfur atoms. In one aspect, the sulfur-containing comprises a moiety selected from thionyl, thioether, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfamide, sulfonamide, sulfonic acid, and sulfonic ester. Non-limiting examples of the sulfur-containing compounds include ethanethiol; 2-propanethiol; 2-propene-1- thiol; 2-mercaptoethanesulfonic acid; benzenethiol; benzene-1 ,2-dithiol; cysteine; methionine; glutathione; cystine; or a salt or solvate thereof.
In one aspect, an effective amount of such a compound described above to cellulosic material as a molar ratio to glucosyl units of cellulose is about 10"6 to about 10, e.g., about 10~6 to about 7.5, about 10~6 to about 5, about 10~6 to about 2.5, about 10~6 to about 1 , about 10~5 to about 1 , about 10"5 to about 10" , about 10"4 to about 10" , about 10"3 to about 10" , or about 10"3 to about 10~2. In another aspect, an effective amount of such a compound described above is about 0.1 μΜ to about 1 M, e.g. , about 0.5 μΜ to about 0.75 M, about 0.75 μΜ to about 0.5 M, about 1 μΜ to about 0.25 M, about 1 μΜ to about 0.1 M, about 5 μΜ to about 50 mM, about 10 μΜ to about 25 mM, about 50 μΜ to about 25 mM, about 10 μΜ to about 10 mM, about 5 μΜ to about 5 mM, or about 0.1 mM to about 1 mM.
The term "liquor" means the solution phase, either aqueous, organic, or a combination thereof, arising from treatment of a lignocellulose and/or hemicellulose material in a slurry, or monosaccharides thereof, e.g., xylose, arabinose, mannose, etc. , under conditions as described herein, and the soluble contents thereof. A liquor for cellulolytic enhancement of a GH61 polypeptide can be produced by treating a lignocellulose or hemicellulose material (or feedstock) by applying heat and/or pressure, optionally in the presence of a catalyst, e.g., acid, optionally in the presence of an organic solvent, and optionally in combination with physical disruption of the material, and then separating the solution from the residual solids. Such conditions determine the degree of cellulolytic enhancement obtainable through the combination of liquor and a GH61 polypeptide during hydrolysis of a cellulosic substrate by a cellulase preparation. The liquor can be separated from the treated material using a method standard in the art, such as filtration, sedimentation, or centrifugation.
In one aspect, an effective amount of the liquor to cellulose is about 10"6 to about 10 g per g of cellulose, e.g. , about 10~6 to about 7.5 g, about 10~6 to about 5, about 10~6 to about 2.5 g, about 10~6 to about 1 g, about 10~5 to about 1 g, about 10~5 to about 10 g, about 10~4 to about 10~1 g, about 103 to about 10~1 g, or about 103 to about 10~2 g per g of cellulose.
In one aspect, the one or more (e.g., several) hemicellulolytic enzymes comprise a commercial hemicellulolytic enzyme preparation. Examples of commercial hemicellulolytic enzyme preparations suitable for use in the present invention include, for example, SHEARZYME™ (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® HTec (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® HTec2 (Novozymes A/S), CELLIC® Htec3 (Novozymes A/S),VISCOZYME® (Novozymes A/S), ULTRAFLO® (Novozymes A/S), PULPZYME® HC (Novozymes A/S), MULTIFECT® Xylanase (Genencor), ACCELLERASE® XY (Genencor), ACCELLERASE® XC (Genencor), ECOPULP® TX-200A (AB Enzymes), HSP 6000 Xylanase (DSM), DEPOL™ 333P (Biocatalysts Limit, Wales, UK), DEPOL™ 740L. (Biocatalysts Limit, Wales, UK), and DEPOL™ 762P (Biocatalysts Limit, Wales, UK).
Examples of xylanases useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, Aspergillus aculeatus xylanase (GeneSeqP:AAR63790; WO 94/21785); Aspergillus fumigatus xylanases (WO 2006/078256; xyl 3 SEQ ID NO: 129 [DNA sequence] and SEQ ID NO: 130 [deduced amino acid sequence]); Penicillium pinophilum (WO 201 1/041405); Penicillium sp. (WO 2010/126772); Thielavia terrestris NRRL 8126 (WO 2009/079210); and Trichophaea saccata GH10 (WO 2011/057083).
Examples of beta-xylosidases useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, Tnchoderma reesei beta-xylosidase (UniProtKB/TrEMBL accession number Q92458; SEQ ID NO: 131 [DNA sequence] and SEQ ID NO: 132 [deduced amino acid sequence]); Talaromyces emersonii (SwissProt accession number Q8X212); and Neurospora crassa (SwissProt accession number Q7SOW4).
Examples of acetylxylan esterases useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, acetylxylan esterases from Aspergillus aculeatus (WO 2010/108918); Chaetomium globosum (Uniprot accession number Q2GWX4); Chaetomium gracile (GeneSeqP accession number AAB82124); Humicola insolens DSM 1800 (WO 2009/073709); Hypocrea jecorina (WO 2005/001036); Myceliophthora thermophila (WO 2010/014880); Neurospora crassa (UniProt accession number q7s259); Phaeosphaeria nodorum (Uniprot accession number Q0UHJ1 ); and Thielavia terrestris NRRL 8126 (WO 2009/042846).
Examples of feruloyl esterases (ferulic acid esterases) useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, feruloyl esterases form Humicola insolens DSM 1800 (WO 2009/076122); Neosartorya fischeri (UniProt Accession number A1 D9T4); Neurospora crassa (UniProt accession number Q9HGR3); Penicillium aurantiognseum (WO 2009/127729); and Thielavia terrestris (WO 2010/053838 and WO 2010/065448).
Examples of arabinofuranosidases useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, arabinofuranosidases from Aspergillus niger (GeneSeqP accession number AAR94170); Humicola insolens DSM 1800 (WO 2006/1 14094 and WO 2009/073383); and M. giganteus (WO 2006/114094).
Examples of alpha-glucuronidases useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, alpha-glucuronidases from Aspergillus clavatus (UniProt accession number alcc12); Aspergillus fumigatus (SwissProt accession number Q4WW45); Aspergillus niger (Uniprot accession number Q96WX9); Aspergillus terreus (SwissProt accession number Q0CJP9); Humicola insolens (WO 2010/014706); Penicillium aurantiognseum (WO 2009/068565); Talaromyces emersonii (UniProt accession number Q8X211 ); and Trichoderma reesei (Uniprot accession number Q99024).
The polypeptides having enzyme activity used in the methods of the present invention may be produced by fermentation of the above-noted microbial strains on a nutrient medium containing suitable carbon and nitrogen sources and inorganic salts, using procedures known in the art (see, e.g., Bennett, J.W. and LaSure, L. (eds.), More Gene Manipulations in Fungi, Academic Press, CA, 1991). Suitable media are available from commercial suppliers or may be prepared according to published compositions (e.g., in catalogues of the American Type Culture Collection). Temperature ranges and other conditions suitable for growth and enzyme production are known in the art (see, e.g. , Bailey, J.E., and Ollis, D.F., Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill Book Company, NY, 1986).
The fermentation can be any method of cultivation of a cell resulting in the expression or isolation of an enzyme or protein. Fermentation may, therefore, be understood as comprising shake flask cultivation, or small- or large-scale fermentation (including continuous, batch, fed- batch, or solid state fermentations) in laboratory or industrial fermentors performed in a suitable medium and under conditions allowing the enzyme to be expressed or isolated. The resulting enzymes produced by the methods described above may be recovered from the fermentation medium and purified by conventional procedures.
Nucleic Acid Constructs
An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, e.g. , a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a cellulolytic enzyme, a hemicellulolytic enzyme, etc., may be manipulated in a variety of ways to provide for expression of the polypeptide by constructing a nucleic acid construct comprising an isolated polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide operably linked to one or more (e.g., several) control sequences that direct the expression of the coding sequence in a suitable host cell under conditions compatible with the control sequences. Manipulation of the polynucleotide's sequence prior to its insertion into a vector may be desirable or necessary depending on the expression vector. The techniques for modifying polynucleotide sequences utilizing recombinant DNA methods are well known in the art.
The control sequence may be a promoter, a polynucleotide that is recognized by a host cell for expression of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide. The promoter contains transcriptional control sequences that mediate the expression of the polypeptide. The promoter may be any polynucleotide that shows transcriptional activity in the host cell including mutant, truncated, and hybrid promoters, and may be obtained from genes encoding extracellular or intracellular polypeptides either homologous or heterologous to the host cell.
Examples of suitable promoters for directing transcription of the nucleic acid constructs in a bacterial host cell are the promoters obtained from the Bacillus amyloliquefaciens alpha- amylase gene (amyQ), Bacillus licheniformis alpha-amylase gene (amyL), Bacillus licheniformis penicillinase gene (penP), Bacillus stearothermophilus maltogenic amylase gene (amyM), Bacillus subtilis levansucrase gene (sacB), Bacillus subtilis xylA and xylB genes, Bacillus thuhngiensis crylllA gene (Agaisse and Lereclus, 1994, Molecular Microbiology 13: 97-107), £ coli lac operon, £ coli trc promoter (Egon et al , 1988, Gene 69: 301-315), Streptomyces coelicolor agarase gene (dag A), and prokaryotic beta-lactamase gene (Villa-Kamaroff et al., 1978, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75: 3727-3731), as well as the tac promoter (DeBoer et al., 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80: 21-25). Further promoters are described in "Useful proteins from recombinant bacteria" in Gilbert et al. , 1980, Scientific American 242: 74-94; and in Sambrook et al., 1989, supra. Examples of tandem promoters are disclosed in WO 99/43835.
Examples of suitable promoters for directing transcription of the nucleic acid constructs in a filamentous fungal host cell are promoters obtained from the genes for Aspergillus nidulans acetamidase, Aspergillus niger neutral alpha-amylase, Aspergillus niger acid stable alpha- amylase, Aspergillus niger or Aspergillus awamori glucoamylase (glaA), Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, Aspergillus oryzae alkaline protease, Aspergillus oryzae triose phosphate isomerase, Fusanum oxysporum trypsin-like protease (WO 96/00787), Fusarium venenatum amyloglucosidase (WO 00/56900), Fusarium venenatum Daria (WO 00/56900), Fusarium venenatum Quinn (WO 00/56900), Rhizomucor miehei lipase, Rhizomucor miehei aspartic proteinase, Trichoderma reesei beta-glucosidase, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase I, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase II, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase I, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase II, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase III, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase V, Trichoderma reesei xylanase I, Trichoderma reesei xylanase II, Trichoderma reesei xylanase III, Trichoderma reesei beta-xylosidase, and Trichoderma reesei translation elongation factor, as well as the NA2-tpi promoter (a modified promoter from an Aspergillus neutral alpha-amylase gene in which the untranslated leader has been replaced by an untranslated leader from an Aspergillus triose phosphate isomerase gene; non-limiting examples include modified promoters from an Aspergillus niger neutral alpha-amylase gene in which the untranslated leader has been replaced by an untranslated leader from an Aspergillus nidulans or Aspergillus oryzae triose phosphate isomerase gene); and mutant, truncated, and hybrid promoters thereof. Other promoters are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,01 1 , 147.
In a yeast host, useful promoters are obtained from the genes for Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase (ENO-1), Saccharomyces cerevisiae galactokinase (GAL1 ), Saccharomyces cerevisiae alcohol dehydrogenase/glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (ADH1 , ADH2/GAP), Saccharomyces cerevisiae triose phosphate isomerase (TPI), Saccharomyces cerevisiae metallothionein (CUP1 ), and Saccharomyces cerevisiae 3-phosphoglycerate kinase. Other useful promoters for yeast host cells are described by Romanos et a/. , 1992, Yeast 8: 423-488.
The control sequence may also be a transcription terminator, which is recognized by a host cell to terminate transcription. The terminator is operably linked to the 3'-terminus of the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide. Any terminator that is functional in the host cell may be used in the present invention.
Preferred terminators for bacterial host cells are obtained from the genes for Bacillus clausii alkaline protease (aprH), Bacillus licheniformis alpha-amylase (amyL), and Escherichia coli ribosomal RNA (rmB).
Preferred terminators for filamentous fungal host cells are obtained from the genes for Aspergillus nidulans acetamidase, Aspergillus nidulans anthranilate synthase, Aspergillus niger glucoamylase, Aspergillus niger alpha-glucosidase, Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, Fusarium oxysporum trypsin-like protease, Trichoderma reesei beta-glucosidase, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase I, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase II, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase I, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase II, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase III, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase V, Trichoderma reesei xylanase I, Trichoderma reesei xylanase II, Trichoderma reesei xylanase III, Trichoderma reesei beta-xylosidase, and Trichoderma reesei translation elongation factor.
Preferred terminators for yeast host cells are obtained from the genes for Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase, Saccharomyces cerevisiae cytochrome C (CYC1), and Saccharomyces cerevisiae glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. Other useful terminators for yeast host cells are described by Romanos et al., 1992, supra.
The control sequence may also be an mRNA stabilizer region downstream of a promoter and upstream of the coding sequence of a gene which increases expression of the gene.
Examples of suitable mRNA stabilizer regions are obtained from a Bacillus thuringiensis crylllA gene (WO 94/25612) and a Bacillus subtilis SP82 gene (Hue et a/. , 1995, Journal of Bacteriology Ml: 3465-3471).
The control sequence may also be a leader, a nontranslated region of an mRNA that is important for translation by the host cell. The leader is operably linked to the 5'-terminus of the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide. Any leader that is functional in the host cell may be used.
Preferred leaders for filamentous fungal host cells are obtained from the genes for Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase and Aspergillus nidulans triose phosphate isomerase.
Suitable leaders for yeast host cells are obtained from the genes for Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase (ENO-1), Saccharomyces cerevisiae 3-phosphoglycerate kinase, Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae alcohol dehydrogenase/glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (ADH2/GAP).
The control sequence may also be a polyadenylation sequence, a sequence operably linked to the 3'-terminus of the polynucleotide and, when transcribed, is recognized by the host cell as a signal to add polyadenosine residues to transcribed mRNA. Any polyadenylation sequence that is functional in the host cell may be used.
Preferred polyadenylation sequences for filamentous fungal host cells are obtained from the genes for Aspergillus nidulans anthranilate synthase, Aspergillus niger glucoamylase, Aspergillus niger alpha-glucosidase Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, and Fusarium oxysporum trypsin-like protease.
Useful polyadenylation sequences for yeast host cells are described by Guo and Sherman, 1995, Mol. Cellular Biol. 15: 5983-5990. The control sequence may also be a signal peptide coding region that encodes a signal peptide linked to the N-terminus of a polypeptide and directs the polypeptide into the cell's secretory pathway. The 5'-end of the coding sequence of the polynucleotide may inherently contain a signal peptide coding sequence naturally linked in translation reading frame with the segment of the coding sequence that encodes the polypeptide. Alternatively, the 5'-end of the coding sequence may contain a signal peptide coding sequence that is foreign to the coding sequence. A foreign signal peptide coding sequence may be required where the coding sequence does not naturally contain a signal peptide coding sequence. Alternatively, a foreign signal peptide coding sequence may simply replace the natural signal peptide coding sequence in order to enhance secretion of the polypeptide. However, any signal peptide coding sequence that directs the expressed polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell may be used.
Effective signal peptide coding sequences for bacterial host cells are the signal peptide coding sequences obtained from the genes for Bacillus NCIB 1 1837 maltogenic amylase, Bacillus licheniformis subtilisin, Bacillus licheniformis beta-lactamase, Bacillus stearothermophilus alpha-amylase, Bacillus stearothermophilus neutral proteases (nprT, nprS, nprM), and Bacillus subtilis prsA. Further signal peptides are described by Simonen and Palva, 1993, Microbiological Reviews 57: 109-137.
Effective signal peptide coding sequences for filamentous fungal host cells are the signal peptide coding sequences obtained from the genes for Aspergillus niger neutral amylase, Aspergillus n/'gerglucoamylase, Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, Humicola insolens cellulase, Humicola insolens endoglucanase V, Humicola lanuginosa lipase, and Rhizomucor miehei aspartic proteinase.
Useful signal peptides for yeast host cells are obtained from the genes for Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor and Saccharomyces cerevisiae invertase. Other useful signal peptide coding sequences are described by Romanos et a/., 1992, supra.
The control sequence may also be a propeptide coding sequence that encodes a propeptide positioned at the N-terminus of a polypeptide. The resultant polypeptide is known as a proenzyme or propolypeptide (or a zymogen in some cases). A propolypeptide is generally inactive and can be converted to an active polypeptide by catalytic or autocatalytic cleavage of the propeptide from the propolypeptide. The propeptide coding sequence may be obtained from the genes for Bacillus subtilis alkaline protease (aprE), Bacillus subtilis neutral protease (nprT), Myceliophthora thermophila laccase (WO 95/33836), Rhizomucor miehei aspartic proteinase, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor. Where both signal peptide and propeptide sequences are present, the propeptide sequence is positioned next to the N-terminus of a polypeptide and the signal peptide sequence is positioned next to the N-terminus of the propeptide sequence.
It may also be desirable to add regulatory sequences that regulate expression of the polypeptide relative to the growth of the host cell. Examples of regulatory sequences are those that cause expression of the gene to be turned on or off in response to a chemical or physical stimulus, including the presence of a regulatory compound. Regulatory sequences in prokaryotic systems include the lac, tac, and tip operator systems. In yeast, the ADH2 system or GAL1 system may be used. In filamentous fungi, the Aspergillus niger glucoamylase promoter, Aspergillus oryzae TAKA alpha-amylase promoter, and Aspergillus oryzae glucoamylase promoter, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase I promoter, and Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase II promoter may be used. Other examples of regulatory sequences are those that allow for gene amplification. In eukaryotic systems, these regulatory sequences include the dihydrofolate reductase gene that is amplified in the presence of methotrexate, and the metallothionein genes that are amplified with heavy metals. In these cases, the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide would be operably linked to the regulatory sequence.
Expression Vectors
The various nucleotide and control sequences described above may be joined together to produce a recombinant expression vector that may include one or more (e.g., several) convenient restriction sites to allow for insertion or substitution of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, e.g., a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a cellulolytic enzyme, a hemicellulolytic enzyme, etc., at such sites. Alternatively, the polynucleotide may be expressed by inserting the polynucleotide or a nucleic acid construct comprising the sequence into an appropriate vector for expression. In creating the expression vector, the coding sequence is located in the vector so that the coding sequence is operably linked with the appropriate control sequences for expression.
The recombinant expression vector may be any vector (e.g., a plasmid or virus) that can be conveniently subjected to recombinant DNA procedures and can bring about expression of the polynucleotide. The choice of the vector will typically depend on the compatibility of the vector with the host cell into which the vector is to be introduced. The vector may be a linear or closed circular plasmid.
The vector may be an autonomously replicating vector, i.e., a vector that exists as an extrachromosomal entity, the replication of which is independent of chromosomal replication, e.g. , a plasmid, an extrachromosomal element, a minichromosome, or an artificial chromosome. The vector may contain any means for assuring self-replication. Alternatively, the vector may be one that, when introduced into the host cell, is integrated into the genome and replicated together with the chromosome(s) into which it has been integrated. Furthermore, a single vector or plasmid or two or more vectors or plasmids that together contain the total DNA to be introduced into the genome of the host cell, or a transposon, may be used.
The vector preferably contains one or more (e.g. , several) selectable markers that permit easy selection of transformed, transfected, transduced, or the like cells. A selectable marker is a gene the product of which provides for biocide or viral resistance, resistance to heavy metals, prototrophy to auxotrophs, and the like.
Examples of bacterial selectable markers are Bacillus licheniformis or Bacillus subtilis dal genes, or markers that confer antibiotic resistance such as ampicillin, chloramphenicol, kanamycin, neomycin, spectinomycin, or tetracycline resistance. Suitable markers for yeast host cells include, but are not limited to, ADE2, HIS3, LEU2, LYS2, MET3, TRP1 , and URA3. Selectable markers for use in a filamentous fungal host cell include, but are not limited to, adeA (phosphoribosylaminoimidazole-succinocarboxamide synthase), adeB (phosphoribosyl- aminoimidazole synthase), amdS (acetamidase), argB (ornithine carbamoyltransferase), bar (phosphinothricin acetyltransferase), hph (hygromycin phosphotransferase), niaD (nitrate reductase), pyrG (orotidine-5'-phosphate decarboxylase), sC (sulfate adenyltransferase), and trpC (anthranilate synthase), as well as equivalents thereof. Preferred for use in an Aspergillus cell are Aspergillus nidulans or Aspergillus oryzae amdS and pyrG genes and a Streptomyces hygroscopicus bar gene. Preferred for use in a Trichoderma cell are adeA, adeB, amdS, hph, and pyrG genes.
The selectable marker may be a dual selectable marker system as described in WO 2010/039889. In one aspect, the dual selectable marker is a hph-tk dual selectable marker system.
The vector preferably contains an element(s) that permits integration of the vector into the host cell's genome or autonomous replication of the vector in the cell independent of the genome.
For integration into the host cell genome, the vector may rely on the polynucleotide's sequence encoding the polypeptide or any other element of the vector for integration into the genome by homologous or non-homologous recombination. Alternatively, the vector may contain additional polynucleotides for directing integration by homologous recombination into the genome of the host cell at a precise location(s) in the chromosome(s). To increase the likelihood of integration at a precise location, the integrational elements should contain a sufficient number of nucleic acids, such as 100 to 10,000 base pairs, 400 to 10,000 base pairs, and 800 to 10,000 base pairs, which have a high degree of sequence identity to the corresponding target sequence to enhance the probability of homologous recombination. The integrational elements may be any sequence that is homologous with the target sequence in the genome of the host cell. Furthermore, the integrational elements may be non-encoding or encoding polynucleotides. On the other hand, the vector may be integrated into the genome of the host cell by non-homologous recombination.
For autonomous replication, the vector may further comprise an origin of replication enabling the vector to replicate autonomously in the host cell in question. The origin of replication may be any plasmid replicator mediating autonomous replication that functions in a cell. The term "origin of replication" or "plasmid replicator" means a polynucleotide that enables a plasmid or vector to replicate in vivo.
Examples of bacterial origins of replication are the origins of replication of plasmids pBR322, pUC19, pACYC177, and pACYC184 permitting replication in E. coli, and pUB1 10, pE194, pTA1060, and ρΑΜβΙ permitting replication in Bacillus.
Examples of origins of replication for use in a yeast host cell are the 2 micron origin of replication, ARS1 , ARS4, the combination of ARS1 and CEN3, and the combination of ARS4 and CEN6.
Examples of origins of replication useful in a filamentous fungal cell are AMA1 and ANSI
(Gems et a/., 1991 , Gene 98: 61-67; Cullen et a/. , 1987, Nucleic Acids Res. 15: 9163-9175; WO 00/24883). Isolation of the AMA1 gene and construction of plasmids or vectors comprising the gene can be accomplished according to the methods disclosed in WO 00/24883.
More than one copy of a polynucleotide may be inserted into a host cell to increase production of a polypeptide. An increase in the copy number of the polynucleotide can be obtained by integrating at least one additional copy of the sequence into the host cell genome or by including an amplifiable selectable marker gene with the polynucleotide where cells containing amplified copies of the selectable marker gene, and thereby additional copies of the polynucleotide, can be selected for by cultivating the cells in the presence of the appropriate selectable agent.
The procedures used to ligate the elements described above to construct the recombinant expression vectors are well known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g. , Sambrook et a/. , 1989, supra). Host Cells
Recombinant host cells comprising a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, e.g., a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a cellulolytic enzyme, a hemicellulolytic enzyme, etc., can be advantageously used in the recombinant production of the polypeptide. A construct or vector comprising such a polynucleotide is introduced into a host cell so that the construct or vector is maintained as a chromosomal integrant or as a self-replicating extra- chromosomal vector as described earlier. The term "host cell" encompasses any progeny of a parent cell that is not identical to the parent cell due to mutations that occur during replication. The choice of a host cell will to a large extent depend upon the gene encoding the polypeptide and its source.
The host cell may be any cell useful in the recombinant production of a polypeptide, e.g., a prokaryote or a eukaryote.
The prokaryotic host cell may be any Gram-positive or Gram-negative bacterium. Gram- positive bacteria include, but are not limited to, Bacillus, Clostridium, Enterococcus, Geobacillus, Lactobacillus, Lactococcus, Oceanobacillus, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, and Streptomyces. Gram-negative bacteria include, but are not limited to, Campylobacter, £ coli, Flavobacterium, Fusobacterium, Helicobacter, llyobacter, Neisseria, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, and Ureaplasma.
The bacterial host cell may be any Bacillus cell including, but not limited to, Bacillus alkalophilus, Bacillus amyloliquefaciens, Bacillus brevis, Bacillus circulans, Bacillus clausii, Bacillus coagulans, Bacillus firmus, Bacillus lautus, Bacillus lentus, Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus stearothermophilus, Bacillus subtilis, and Bacillus thuringiensis cells.
The bacterial host cell may also be any Streptococcus cell including, but not limited to, Streptococcus equisimilis, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus uberis, and Streptococcus egu/ subsp. Zooepidemicus cells.
The bacterial host cell may also be any Streptomyces cell including, but not limited to, Streptomyces achromogenes, Streptomyces avermitilis, Streptomyces coelicolor, Streptomyces griseus, and Streptomyces lividans cells.
The introduction of DNA into a Bacillus cell may be effected by protoplast transformation
(see, e.g., Chang and Cohen, 1979, Mol. Gen. Genet. 168: 1 11-115), competent cell transformation (see, e.g. , Young and Spizizen, 1961 , J. Bacteriol. 81 : 823-829, or Dubnau and Davidoff-Abelson, 1971 , J. Mol. Biol. 56: 209-221 ), electroporation (see, e.g., Shigekawa and Dower, 1988, Biotechniques 6: 742-751), or conjugation (see, e.g. , Koehler and Thorne, 1987, J. Bacteriol. 169: 5271-5278). The introduction of DNA into an E. coli cell may be effected by protoplast transformation (see, e.g., Hanahan, 1983, J. Mol. Biol. 166: 557-580) or electroporation (see, e.g., Dower et al , 1988, Nucleic Acids Res. 16: 6127-6145). The introduction of DNA into a Streptomyces cell may be effected by protoplast transformation, electroporation (see, e.g., Gong et al., 2004, Folia Microbiol. (Praha) 49: 399-405), conjugation (see, e.g., Mazodier e/ a/. , 1989, J. Bacteriol. 171 : 3583-3585), or transduction (see, e.g., Burke et al. , 2001 , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98: 6289-6294). The introduction of DNA into a Pseudomonas cell may be effected by electroporation (see, e.g., Choi et a/. , 2006, J. Microbiol. Methods 64: 391-397) or conjugation (see, e.g., Pinedo and Smets, 2005, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 71 : 51 -57). The introduction of DNA into a Streptococcus cell may be effected by natural competence (see, e.g., Perry and Kuramitsu, 1981 , Infect. Immun. 32: 1295-1297), protoplast transformation (see, e.g., Catt and Jollick, 1991 , Microbios 68: 189-207), electroporation (see, e.g., Buckley et a/., 1999, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: 3800-3804), or conjugation (see, e.g., Clewell, 1981 , Microbiol. Rev. 45: 409-436). However, any method known in the art for introducing DNA into a host cell can be used.
The host cell may also be a eukaryote, such as a mammalian, insect, plant, or fungal cell.
The host cell may be a fungal cell. "Fungi" as used herein includes the phyla Ascomycota, Basidiomycota, Chytridiomycota, and Zygomycota as well as the Oomycota and all mitosporic fungi (as defined by Hawksworth et a/. , In, Ainsworth and Bisby's Dictionary of The Fungi, 8th edition, 1995, CAB International, University Press, Cambridge, UK).
The fungal host cell may be a yeast cell. "Yeast" as used herein includes ascosporogenous yeast (Endomycetales), basidiosporogenous yeast, and yeast belonging to the Fungi Imperfecti (Blastomycetes). Since the classification of yeast may change in the future, for the purposes of this invention, yeast shall be defined as described in Biology and Activities of Yeast (Skinner, Passmore, and Davenport, editors, Soc. App. Bacteriol. Symposium Series No. 9, 1980).
The yeast host cell may be a Candida, Hansenula, Kluyveromyces, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Schizosaccharomyces, or Yarrowia cell, such as a Kluyveromyces lactis, Saccharomyces carisbergensis, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Saccharomyces diastaticus, Saccharomyces douglasii, Saccharomyces kluyveri, Saccharomyces norbensis, Saccharomyces oviformis, or Yarrowia lipolytica cell.
The fungal host cell may be a filamentous fungal cell. "Filamentous fungi" include all filamentous forms of the subdivision Eumycota and Oomycota (as defined by Hawksworth et al., 1995, supra). The filamentous fungi are generally characterized by a mycelial wall composed of chitin, cellulose, glucan, chitosan, mannan, and other complex polysaccharides. Vegetative growth is by hyphal elongation and carbon catabolism is obligately aerobic. In contrast, vegetative growth by yeasts such as Saccharomyces cerevisiae is by budding of a unicellular thallus and carbon catabolism may be fermentative.
The filamentous fungal host cell may be an Acremonium, Aspergillus, Aureobasidium, Bjerkandera, Ceriporiopsis, Chrysosporium, Coprinus, Coriolus, Cryptococcus, Filibasidium, Fusarium, Humicola, Magnaporthe, Mucor, Myceliophthora, Neocallimastix, Neurospora, Paecilomyces, Penicillium, Phanerochaete, Phlebia, Piromyces, Pleurotus, Schizophyllum, Talaromyces, Thermoascus, Thielavia, Tolypocladium, Trametes, or Trichoderma cell.
For example, the filamentous fungal host cell may be an Aspergillus awamori, Aspergillus foetidus, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus japonicus, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Bjerkandera adusta, Cenponopsis aneinna, Ceriporiopsis caregiea, Ceriporiopsis gilvescens, Ceriporiopsis pannocinta, Ceriporiopsis rivulosa, Ceriporiopsis subrufa, Ceriporiopsis subvermispora, Chrysosporium inops, Chrysosporium keratinophilum, Chrysosporium lucknowense, Chrysosporium merdarium, Chrysosporium pannicola, Chrysosporium queenslandicum, Chrysosporium tropicum, Chrysosporium zonatum, Coprinus cinereus, Coriolus hirsutus, Fusarium bactridioides, Fusarium cerealis, Fusarium crookwellense, Fusarium culmorum, Fusarium graminearum, Fusarium graminum, Fusarium heterosporum, Fusarium negundi, Fusarium oxysporum, Fusarium reticulatum, Fusarium roseum, Fusarium sambucinum, Fusarium sarcochroum, Fusarium sporotnchioides, Fusarium sulphureum, Fusarium torulosum, Fusarium trichothecioides, Fusarium venenatum, Humicola insolens, Humicola lanuginosa, Mucor miehei, Myceliophthora thermophila, Neurospora crassa, Penicillium purpurogenum, Phanerochaete chrysosporium, Phlebia radiata, Pleurotus eryngii, Thielavia terrestris, Trametes villosa, Trametes versicolor, Trichoderma harzianum, Trichoderma koningii, Trichoderma longibrachiatum, Trichoderma reesei, or Trichoderma viride cell.
Fungal cells may be transformed by a process involving protoplast formation, transformation of the protoplasts, and regeneration of the cell wall in a manner known per se. Suitable procedures for transformation of Aspergillus and Trichoderma host cells are described in EP 238023, Yelton et al. , 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 : 1470-1474, and Christensen et al., 1988, Bio/Technology 6: 1419-1422. Suitable methods for transforming Fusa rium species are described by Malardier et al. , 1989, Gene 78: 147-156, and WO 96/00787. Yeast may be transformed using the procedures described by Becker and Guarente, In Abelson, J.N. and Simon, M.I., editors, Guide to Yeast Genetics and Molecular Biology, Methods in Enzymology, Volume 194, pp 182-187, Academic Press, Inc., New York; Ito et al. , 1983, J. Bacteriol. 153: 163; and Hinnen et al , 1978, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75: 1920. Methods of Production
Methods for producing a polypeptide, e.g., a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a cellulolytic enzyme, a hemicellulolytic enzyme, etc., comprise (a) cultivating a cell, which in its wild-type form is capable of producing the polypeptide, under conditions conducive for production of the polypeptide; and (b) recovering the polypeptide.
Alternatively, methods for producing a polypeptide, e.g. , a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a cellulolytic enzyme, a hemicellulolytic enzyme, etc., comprise (a) cultivating a recombinant host cell under conditions conducive for production of the polypeptide; and (b) recovering the polypeptide.
The cells are cultivated in a nutrient medium suitable for production of the polypeptide using methods known in the art. For example, the cells may be cultivated by shake flask cultivation, or small-scale or large-scale fermentation (including continuous, batch, fed-batch, or solid state fermentations) in laboratory or industrial fermentors in a suitable medium and under conditions allowing the polypeptide to be expressed and/or isolated. The cultivation takes place in a suitable nutrient medium comprising carbon and nitrogen sources and inorganic salts, using procedures known in the art. Suitable media are available from commercial suppliers or may be prepared according to published compositions (e.g., in catalogues of the American Type Culture Collection). If the polypeptide is secreted into the nutrient medium, the polypeptide can be recovered directly from the medium. If the polypeptide is not secreted, it can be recovered from cell lysates.
The polypeptide may be detected using methods known in the art that are specific for the polypeptides. These detection methods include, but are not limited to, use of specific antibodies, formation of an enzyme product, or disappearance of an enzyme substrate. For example, an enzyme assay may be used to determine the activity of the polypeptide. The polypeptides having cellulolytic enhancing activity are detected using the methods described herein.
The resulting broth may be used as is or the polypeptide may be recovered using methods known in the art. For example, the polypeptide may be recovered from the nutrient medium by conventional procedures including, but not limited to, collection, centrifugation, filtration, extraction, spray-drying, evaporation, or precipitation. In one aspect, the whole fermentation broth is recovered.
The polypeptide may be purified by a variety of procedures known in the art including, but not limited to, chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity, hydrophobic, chromatofocusing, and size exclusion), electrophoretic procedures (e.g., preparative isoelectric focusing), differential solubility (e.g., ammonium sulfate precipitation), SDS-PAGE, or extraction (see, e.g., Protein Purification, Janson and Ryden, editors, VCH Publishers, New York, 1989) to obtain substantially pure polypeptides.
In an alternative aspect, the polypeptide is not recovered, but rather a host cell expressing the polypeptide is used as a source of the polypeptide.
Methods for Processing Cellulosic Material
The compositions and methods of the present invention can be used to convert a cellulosic material to sugars and convert the sugars to many useful substances, e.g., fuel, potable ethanol, and/or fermentation products (e.g., acids, alcohols, ketones, gases, and the like). The production of a desired fermentation product from cellulosic material typically involves pretreatment, enzymatic hydrolysis (saccharification), and fermentation.
The present invention relates to methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, comprising: treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent. In one aspect, the methods above further comprise recovering the degraded or converted cellulosic material. Soluble products of degradation or conversion of the cellulosic material can be separated from the insoluble cellulosic material using technology well known in the art such as, for example, centrifugation, filtration, and gravity settling.
The present invention also relates to methods for producing a fermentation product, comprising: (a) saccharifying a cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent; (b) fermenting the saccharified cellulosic material with one or more (e.g., several) fermenting microorganisms to produce the fermentation product; and (c) recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation.
The present invention further relates to methods of fermenting a cellulosic material, comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more (e.g., several) fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent. In one aspect, the fermenting of the cellulosic material produces a fermentation product. In another aspect, the methods further comprise recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation.
In one aspect, the reducing agent is recovered following saccharification or fermentation and recycled back to a new saccharification reaction. Recycling of the reducing agent can be accomplished using processes conventional in the art.
The processing of the cellulosic material according to the present invention can be accomplished using processes conventional in the art. Moreover, the methods of the present invention can be implemented using any conventional biomass processing apparatus configured to operate in accordance with the invention.
Hydrolysis (saccharification) and fermentation, separate or simultaneous, include, but are not limited to, separate hydrolysis and fermentation (SHF); simultaneous saccharification and fermentation (SSF); simultaneous saccharification and co-fermentation (SSCF); hybrid hydrolysis and fermentation (HHF); separate hydrolysis and co-fermentation (SHCF); hybrid hydrolysis and co-fermentation (HHCF); and direct microbial conversion (DMC), also sometimes called consolidated bioprocessing (CBP). SHF uses separate process steps to first enzymatically hydrolyze the cellulosic material to fermentable sugars, e.g., glucose, cellobiose, and pentose monomers, and then ferment the fermentable sugars to ethanol. In SSF, the enzymatic hydrolysis of the cellulosic material and the fermentation of sugars to ethanol are combined in one step (Philippidis, G. P., 1996, Cellulose byconversion technology, in Handbook on Bioethanol: Production and Utilization, Wyman, C. E., ed., Taylor & Francis, Washington, DC, 179-212). SSCF involves the co-fermentation of multiple sugars (Sheehan, J., and Himmel, M., 1999, Enzymes, energy and the environment: A strategic perspective on the U.S. Department of Energy's research and development activities for bioethanol, Biotechnol. Prog. 15: 817-827). HHF involves a separate hydrolysis step, and in addition a simultaneous saccharification and hydrolysis step, which can be carried out in the same reactor. The steps in an HHF process can be carried out at different temperatures, i.e., high temperature enzymatic saccharification followed by SSF at a lower temperature that the fermentation strain can tolerate. DMC combines all three processes (enzyme production, hydrolysis, and fermentation) in one or more (e.g., several) steps where the same organism is used to produce the enzymes for conversion of the cellulosic material to fermentable sugars and to convert the fermentable sugars into a final product (Lynd, L. R., Weimer, P. J., van Zyl, W. H., and Pretorius, I. S., 2002, Microbial cellulose utilization: Fundamentals and biotechnology, Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Reviews 66: 506-577). It is understood herein that any method known in the art comprising pretreatment, enzymatic hydrolysis (saccharification), fermentation, or a combination thereof, can be used in the practicing the methods of the present invention.
A conventional apparatus can include a fed-batch stirred reactor, a batch stirred reactor, a continuous flow stirred reactor with ultrafiltration, and/or a continuous plug-flow column reactor (Fernanda de Castilhos Corazza, Flavio Faria de Moraes, Gisella Maria Zanin and Ivo Neitzel, 2003, Optimal control in fed-batch reactor for the cellobiose hydrolysis, Acta Scientiarum. Technology 25: 33-38; Gusakov, A. V., and Sinitsyn, A. P., 1985, Kinetics of the enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulose: 1. A mathematical model for a batch reactor process, Enz. Microb. Technol. 7: 346-352), an attrition reactor (Ryu, S. K., and Lee, J. M., 1983, Bioconversion of waste cellulose by using an attrition bioreactor, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 25: 53-65), or a reactor with intensive stirring induced by an electromagnetic field (Gusakov, A. V., Sinitsyn, A. P., Davydkin, I. Y., Davydkin, V. Y., Protas, O. V., 1996, Enhancement of enzymatic cellulose hydrolysis using a novel type of bioreactor with intensive stirring induced by electromagnetic field, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 56: 141-153). Additional reactor types include: fluidized bed, upflow blanket, immobilized, and extruder type reactors for hydrolysis and/or fermentation.
Pretreatment. In practicing the methods of the present invention, any pretreatment process known in the art can be used to disrupt plant cell wall components of the cellulosic material (Chandra et a/. , 2007, Substrate pretreatment: The key to effective enzymatic hydrolysis of lignocellulosics? Adv. Biochem. Engin. /Biotechnol. 108: 67-93; Galbe and Zacchi, 2007, Pretreatment of lignocellulosic materials for efficient bioethanol production, Adv. Biochem. Engin. / Biotechnol. 108: 41-65; Hendriks and Zeeman, 2009, Pretreatments to enhance the digestibility of lignocellulosic biomass, Bioresource Technol. 100: 10-18; Mosier et a/., 2005, Features of promising technologies for pretreatment of lignocellulosic biomass, Bioresource Technol. 96: 673-686; Taherzadeh and Karimi, 2008, Pretreatment of lignocellulosic wastes to improve ethanol and biogas production: A review, Int. J. of Mol. Sci. 9: 1621-1651 ; Yang and Wyman, 2008, Pretreatment: the key to unlocking low-cost cellulosic ethanol, Biofuels Bio products and Biorefining-Biofpr. 2: 26-40).
The cellulosic material can also be subjected to particle size reduction, sieving, pre- soaking, wetting, washing, and/or conditioning prior to pretreatment using methods known in the art.
Conventional pretreatments include, but are not limited to, steam pretreatment (with or without explosion), dilute acid pretreatment, hot water pretreatment, alkaline pretreatment, lime pretreatment, wet oxidation, wet explosion, ammonia fiber explosion, organosolv pretreatment, and biological pretreatment. Additional pretreatments include ammonia percolation, ultrasound, electroporation, microwave, supercritical C02, supercritical H20, ozone, ionic liquid, and gamma irradiation pretreatments.
The cellulosic material can be pretreated before hydrolysis and/or fermentation. Pretreatment is preferably performed prior to the hydrolysis. Alternatively, the pretreatment can be carried out simultaneously with enzyme hydrolysis to release fermentable sugars, such as glucose, xylose, and/or cellobiose. In most cases the pretreatment step itself results in some conversion of biomass to fermentable sugars (even in absence of enzymes).
Steam Pretreatment: In steam pretreatment, the cellulosic material is heated to disrupt the plant cell wall components, including lignin, hemicellulose, and cellulose to make the cellulose and other fractions, e.g., hemicellulose, accessible to enzymes. The cellulosic material is passed to or through a reaction vessel where steam is injected to increase the temperature to the required temperature and pressure and is retained therein for the desired reaction time. Steam pretreatment is preferably performed at 140-250°C, e.g., 160-200°C or 170-190°C, where the optimal temperature range depends on addition of a chemical catalyst. Residence time for the steam pretreatment is preferably 1 -60 minutes, e.g., 1-30 minutes, 1-20 minutes, 3- 12 minutes, or 4-10 minutes, where the optimal residence time depends on temperature range and addition of a chemical catalyst. Steam pretreatment allows for relatively high solids loadings, so that the cellulosic material is generally only moist during the pretreatment. The steam pretreatment is often combined with an explosive discharge of the material after the pretreatment, which is known as steam explosion, that is, rapid flashing to atmospheric pressure and turbulent flow of the material to increase the accessible surface area by fragmentation (Duff and Murray, 1996, Bioresource Technology 855: 1 -33; Galbe and Zacchi, 2002, Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 59: 618-628; U.S. Patent Application No. 20020164730). During steam pretreatment, hemicellulose acetyl groups are cleaved and the resulting acid autocatalyzes partial hydrolysis of the hemicellulose to monosaccharides and oligosaccharides. Lignin is removed to only a limited extent.
Chemical Pretreatment: The term "chemical treatment" refers to any chemical pretreatment that promotes the separation and/or release of cellulose, hemicellulose, and/or lignin. Such a pretreatment can convert crystalline cellulose to amorphous cellulose. .Examples of suitable chemical pretreatment processes include, for example, dilute acid pretreatment, lime pretreatment, wet oxidation, ammonia fiber/freeze explosion (AFEX), ammonia percolation (APR), ionic liquid, and organosolv pretreatments.
A catalyst such as H2S04 or S02 (typically 0.3 to 5% w/w) is often added prior to steam pretreatment, which decreases the time and temperature, increases the recovery, and improves enzymatic hydrolysis (Ballesteros et a/., 2006, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 129-132: 496-508; Varga et al. , 2004, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 113-1 16: 509-523; Sassner et a/. , 2006, Enzyme Microb. Technol. 39: 756-762). In dilute acid pretreatment, the cellulosic material is mixed with dilute acid, typically H2S04, and water to form a slurry, heated by steam to the desired temperature, and after a residence time flashed to atmospheric pressure. The dilute acid pretreatment can be performed with a number of reactor designs, e.g., plug-flow reactors, counter- current reactors, or continuous counter-current shrinking bed reactors (Duff and Murray, 1996, supra; Schell et al., 2004, Bioresource Technol. 91 : 179-188; Lee et al., 1999, Adv. Biochem. Eng. Biotechnol. 65: 93-115).
Several methods of pretreatment under alkaline conditions can also be used. These alkaline pretreatments include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, lime, wet oxidation, ammonia percolation (APR), and ammonia fiber/freeze explosion (AFEX).
Lime pretreatment is performed with calcium oxide or calcium hydroxide at temperatures of 85-150°C and residence times from 1 hour to several days (Wyman et ai, 2005, Bioresource Technol. 96: 1959-1966; Mosier et ai, 2005, Bioresource Technol. 96: 673-686). WO 2006/110891 , WO 2006/110899, WO 2006/110900, and WO 2006/110901 disclose pretreatment methods using ammonia.
Wet oxidation is a thermal pretreatment performed typically at 180-200°C for 5-15 minutes with addition of an oxidative agent such as hydrogen peroxide or over-pressure of oxygen (Schmidt and Thomsen, 1998, Bioresource Technol. 64: 139-151 ; Palonen et ai, 2004, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 117: 1-17; Varga et al., 2004, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 88: 567-574; Martin et ai, 2006, J. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol. 81 : 1669-1677). The pretreatment is performed preferably at 1 -40% dry matter, e.g., 2-30% dry matter or 5-20% dry matter, and often the initial pH is increased by the addition of alkali such as sodium carbonate.
A modification of the wet oxidation pretreatment method, known as wet explosion (combination of wet oxidation and steam explosion), can handle dry matter up to 30%. In wet explosion, the oxidizing agent is introduced during pretreatment after a certain residence time. The pretreatment is then ended by flashing to atmospheric pressure (WO 2006/032282).
Ammonia fiber explosion (AFEX) involves treating the cellulosic material with liquid or gaseous ammonia at moderate temperatures such as 90-150°C and high pressure such as 17-20 bar for 5-10 minutes, where the dry matter content can be as high as 60% (Gollapalli et ai, 2002, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 98: 23-35; Chundawat et ai, 2007, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 96: 219-231 ; Alizadeh et ai, 2005, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 121 : 1133-1141 ; Teymouri et ai, 2005, Bioresource Technol. 96: 2014-2018). During AFEX pretreatment cellulose and hemicelluloses remain relatively intact. Lignin-carbohydrate complexes are cleaved.
Organosolv pretreatment delignifies the cellulosic material by extraction using aqueous ethanol (40-60% ethanol) at 160-200°C for 30-60 minutes (Pan et ai, 2005, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 90: 473-481 ; Pan et ai, 2006, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 94: 851-861 ; Kurabi et ai, 2005, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 121 : 219-230). Sulphuric acid is usually added as a catalyst. In organosolv pretreatment, the majority of hemicellulose and lignin is removed.
Other examples of suitable pretreatment methods are described by Schell et a/. , 2003, Appl. Biochem. and Biotechnol. Vol. 105-108, p. 69-85, and Mosier et a/., 2005, Bioresource Technology 96: 673-686, and U.S. Published Application 2002/0164730.
In one aspect, the chemical pretreatment is preferably carried out as a dilute acid treatment, and more preferably as a continuous dilute acid treatment. The acid is typically sulfuric acid, but other acids can also be used, such as acetic acid, citric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, hydrogen chloride, or mixtures thereof. Mild acid treatment is conducted in the pH range of preferably 1-5, e.g., 1 -4 or 1-2.5. In one aspect, the acid concentration is in the range from preferably 0.01 to 10 wt % acid, e.g., 0.05 to 5 wt % acid or 0.1 to 2 wt % acid. The acid is contacted with the cellulosic material and held at a temperature in the range of preferably 140- 200°C, e.g., 165-190°C, for periods ranging from 1 to 60 minutes.
In another aspect, pretreatment takes place in an aqueous slurry. In preferred aspects, the cellulosic material is present during pretreatment in amounts preferably between 10-80 wt %, e.g., 20-70 wt % or 30-60 wt %, such as around 40 wt %. The pretreated cellulosic material can be unwashed or washed using any method known in the art, e.g., washed with water.
Mechanical Pretreatment or Physical Pretreatment: The term "mechanical pretreatment" or "physical pretreatment" refers to any pretreatment that promotes size reduction of particles. For example, such pretreatment can involve various types of grinding or milling (e.g., dry milling, wet milling, or vibratory ball milling).
The cellulosic material can be pretreated both physically (mechanically) and chemically. Mechanical or physical pretreatment can be coupled with steaming/steam explosion, hydrothermolysis, dilute or mild acid treatment, high temperature, high pressure treatment, irradiation (e.g., microwave irradiation), or combinations thereof. In one aspect, high pressure means pressure in the range of preferably about 100 to about 400 psi, e.g., about 150 to about 250 psi. In another aspect, high temperature means temperatures in the range of about 100 to about 300°C, e.g., about 140 to about 200°C. In a preferred aspect, mechanical or physical pretreatment is performed in a batch-process using a steam gun hydrolyzer system that uses high pressure and high temperature as defined above, e.g., a Sunds Hydrolyzer available from Sunds Defibrator AB, Sweden. The physical and chemical pretreatments can be carried out sequentially or simultaneously, as desired.
Accordingly, in a preferred aspect, the cellulosic material is subjected to physical (mechanical) or chemical pretreatment, or any combination thereof, to promote the separation and/or release of cellulose, hemicellulose, and/or lignin.
Biological Pretreatment: The term "biological pretreatment" refers to any biological pretreatment that promotes the separation and/or release of cellulose, hemicellulose, and/or lignin from the cellulosic material. Biological pretreatment techniques can involve applying lignin-solubilizing microorganisms and/or enzymes (see, for example, Hsu, T.-A., 1996, Pretreatment of biomass, in Handbook on Bioethanol: Production and Utilization, Wyman, C. E., ed., Taylor s Francis, Washington, DC, 179-212; Ghosh and Singh, 1993, Physicochemical and biological treatments for enzymatic/microbial conversion of cellulosic biomass, Adv. Appl. Microbiol. 39: 295-333; McMillan, J. D., 1994, Pretreating lignocellulosic biomass: a review, in Enzymatic Conversion of Biomass for Fuels Production, Himmel, M. E., Baker, J. O., and Overend, R. P., eds., ACS Symposium Series 566, American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, chapter 15; Gong, C. S., Cao, N. J., Du, J., and Tsao, G. T., 1999, Ethanol production from renewable resources, in /Advances in Biochemical Engineering/Biotechnology, Scheper, T., ed., Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, Germany, 65: 207-241 ; Olsson and Hahn-Hagerdal, 1996, Fermentation of lignocellulosic hydrolysates for ethanol production, Enz. Microb. Tech. 18: 312- 331 ; and Vallander and Eriksson, 1990, Production of ethanol from lignocellulosic materials: State of the art, Adv. Biochem. Eng./Biotechnol. 42: 63-95).
Saccharification. In the hydrolysis step, also known as saccharification, the cellulosic material, e.g., pretreated, is hydrolyzed to break down cellulose and alternatively also hemicellulose to sugars, such as glucose, cellobiose, xylose, xylulose, arabinose, mannose, galactose, and/or soluble oligosaccharides. The sugars, and/or soluble oligosaccharides can further be further used to produce an alcohol (e.g., arabinitol, n-butanol, isobutanol, ethanol, glycerol, methanol, ethylene glycol, 1 ,3-propanediol [propylene glycol], butanediol, glycerin, sorbitol, and xylitol); an alkane (e.g., pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, and dodecane), a cycloalkane (e.g., cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, and cyclooctane), an alkene (e.g. pentene, hexene, heptene, and octene); an amino acid (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glycine, lysine, serine, and threonine); a gas (e.g., methane, hydrogen (H2), carbon dioxide (C02), and carbon monoxide (CO)); isoprene; a ketone (e.g., acetone); an organic acid (e.g., acetic acid, acetonic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, citric acid, 2,5-diketo-D-gluconic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, glucaric acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutaric acid, 3-hydroxypropionic acid, itaconic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, oxalic acid, oxaloacetic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, and xylonic acid); and polyketide.
The hydrolysis is performed enzymatically by an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent. The reducing agent and enzyme composition can be added simultaneously or sequentially.
Enzymatic hydrolysis is preferably carried out in a suitable aqueous environment under conditions that can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. In one aspect, hydrolysis is performed under conditions suitable for the activity of the enzyme(s), i.e., optimal for the enzyme(s). The hydrolysis can be carried out as a fed batch or continuous process where the cellulosic material is fed gradually to, for example, an enzyme containing hydrolysis solution.
The saccharification is generally performed in stirred-tank reactors or fermentors under controlled pH, temperature, and mixing conditions. Suitable process time, temperature and pH conditions can readily be determined by one skilled in the art. For example, the saccharification can last up to 200 hours, but is typically performed for preferably about 12 to about 120 hours, e.g., about 16 to about 72 hours or about 24 to about 48 hours. The temperature is in the range of preferably about 25°C to about 70°C, e.g., about 30°C to about 65°C, about 40°C to about 60°C, or about 50°C to about 55°C. The pH is in the range of preferably about 3 to about 8, e.g., about 3.5 to about 7, about 4 to about 6, or about 5.0 to about 5.5. The dry solids content is in the range of preferably about 5 to about 50 wt %, e.g., about 10 to about 40 wt % or about 20 to about 30 wt %.
The enzyme compositions can comprise any protein useful in degrading the cellulosic material.
The optimum amounts of the enzymes depend on several factors including, but not limited to, the mixture of component cellulolytic enzymes and/or hemicellulolytic enzymes, the cellulosic material, the concentration of cellulosic material, the pretreatment(s) of the cellulosic material, temperature, time, pH, and inclusion of fermenting organism (e.g., yeast for Simultaneous Saccharification and Fermentation).
In one aspect, an effective amount of cellulolytic or hemicellulolytic enzyme to the cellulosic material is about 0.5 to about 50 mg, e.g., about 0.5 to about 40 mg, about 0.5 to about 25 mg, about 0.75 to about 20 mg, about 0.75 to about 15 mg, about 0.5 to about 10 mg, or about 2.5 to about 10 mg per g of the cellulosic material.
In another aspect, an effective amount of a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity to the cellulosic material is about 0.01 to about 50.0 mg, e.g., about 0.01 to about 40 mg, about 0.01 to about 30 mg, about 0.01 to about 20 mg, about 0.01 to about 10 mg, about 0.01 to about 5 mg, about 0.025 to about 1.5 mg, about 0.05 to about 1 .25 mg, about 0.075 to about 1.25 mg, about 0.1 to about 1.25 mg, about 0.15 to about 1 .25 mg, or about 0.25 to about 1 .0 mg per g of the cellulosic material. In another aspect, an effective amount of a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity to cellulolytic or hemicellulolytic enzyme is about 0.005 to about 1 .0 g, e.g., about 0.01 to about 1.0 g, about 0.15 to about 0.75 g, about 0.15 to about 0.5 g, about 0.1 to about 0.5 g, about 0.1 to about 0.25 g, or about 0.05 to about 0.2 g per g of cellulolytic or hemicellulolytic enzyme.
Fermentation.
The fermentable sugars obtained from the hydrolyzed cellulosic material can be fermented by one or more (e.g. , several) fermenting microorganisms capable of fermenting the sugars directly or indirectly into a desired fermentation product. "Fermentation" or "fermentation process" refers to any fermentation process or any process comprising a fermentation step. Fermentation processes also include fermentation processes used in the consumable alcohol industry (e.g. , beer and wine), dairy industry (e.g. , fermented dairy products), leather industry, and tobacco industry. The fermentation conditions depend on the desired fermentation product and fermenting organism and can easily be determined by one skilled in the art.
In the fermentation step, sugars, released from the cellulosic material as a result of the pretreatment and enzymatic hydrolysis steps, are fermented to a product, e.g., ethanol, by a fermenting organism, such as yeast. Hydrolysis (saccharification) and fermentation can be separate or simultaneous, as described herein.
Any suitable hydrolyzed cellulosic material can be used in the fermentation step in practicing the present invention. The material is generally selected based on the desired fermentation product, i.e., the substance to be obtained from the fermentation, and the process employed, as is well known in the art.
The term "fermentation medium" is understood herein to refer to a medium before the fermenting microorganism(s) is(are) added, such as, a medium resulting from a saccharification process, as well as a medium used in a simultaneous saccharification and fermentation process (SSF).
"Fermenting microorganism" refers to any microorganism, including bacterial and fungal organisms, suitable for use in a desired fermentation process to produce a fermentation product. The fermenting organism can be hexose and/or pentose fermenting organisms, or a combination thereof. Both hexose and pentose fermenting organisms are well known in the art. Suitable fermenting microorganisms are able to ferment, i.e. , convert, sugars, such as glucose, xylose, xylulose, arabinose, maltose, mannose, galactose, and/or oligosaccharides, directly or indirectly into the desired fermentation product. Examples of bacterial and fungal fermenting organisms producing ethanol are described by Lin et al., 2006, Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 69: 627-642. Examples of fermenting microorganisms that can ferment hexose sugars include bacterial and fungal organisms, such as yeast. Preferred yeast includes strains of Candida, Kluyveromyces, and Saccharomyces, e.g., Candida sonorensis, Kluyveromyces marxianus, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
Examples of fermenting organisms that can ferment pentose sugars in their native state include bacterial and fungal organisms, such as some yeast. Preferred xylose fermenting yeast include strains of Candida, preferably C. sheatae or C. sonorensis; and strains of Pichia, preferably P. stipitis, such as P. stipitis CBS 5773. Preferred pentose fermenting yeast include strains of Pachysolen, preferably P. tannophilus. Organisms not capable of fermenting pentose sugars, such as xylose and arabinose, may be genetically modified to do so by methods known in the art
Examples of bacteria that can efficiently ferment hexose and pentose to ethanol include, for example, Bacillus coagulans, Clostridium acetobutylicum, Clostridium thermocellum, Clostridium phytofermentans, Geobacillus sp., Thermoanaerobacter saccharolyticum, and Zymomonas mobilis (Philippidis, 1996, supra).
Other fermenting organisms include strains of Bacillus, such as Bacillus coagulans;
Candida, such as C. sonorensis, C. methanosorbosa, C. diddensiae, C. parapsilosis, C. naedodendra, C. blankii, C. entomophilia, C. brassicae, C. pseudotropicalis, C. boidinii, C. utilis, and C. scehatae; Clostridium, such as C. acetobutylicum, C. thermocellum, and C. phytofermentans; £ coli, especially £ coli strains that have been genetically modified to improve the yield of ethanol; Geobacillus sp.; Hansenula, such as Hansenula anomala; Klebsiella, such as K. oxytoca; Kluyveromyces, such as K. marxianus, K. lactis, K. thermotolerans, and K. fragilis; Schizosaccharomyces, such as S. pombe; Thermoanaerobacter, such as Thermoanaerobacter saccharolyticum; and Zymomonas, such as Zymomonas mobilis.
In a preferred aspect, the yeast is a Bretannomyces. In a more preferred aspect, the yeast is Bretannomyces clausenii. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Candida. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida sonorensis. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida boidinii. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida blankii. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida brassicae. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida diddensii. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida entomophiliia. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida pseudotropicalis. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida scehatae. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Candida utilis. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Clavispora. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Clavispora lusitaniae. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Clavispora opuntiae. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Kluyveromyces. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Kluyveromyces fragilis. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Kluyveromyces marxianus. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Kluyveromyces thermotolerans. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Pachysolen. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Pachysolen tannophilus. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Pichia. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is a Pichia stipitis. In another preferred aspect, the yeast is a Saccharomyces spp. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Saccharomyces cerevisiae. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Saccharomyces distaticus. In another more preferred aspect, the yeast is Saccharomyces uvarum.
In a preferred aspect, the bacterium is a Bacillus. In a more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Bacillus coagulans. In another preferred aspect, the bacterium is a Clostridium. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Clostridium acetobutylicum. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Clostridium phytofermentans. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Clostridium thermocellum. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Geobacilus sp. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is a Thermoanaerobacter. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Thermoanaerobacter saccharolyticum. In another preferred aspect, the bacterium is a Zymomonas. In another more preferred aspect, the bacterium is Zymomonas mobilis.
Commercially available yeast suitable for ethanol production include, e.g., BIOFERM™ AFT and XR (NABC - North American Bioproducts Corporation, GA, USA), ETHANOL RED™ yeast (Fermentis/Lesaffre, USA), FALI™ (Fleischmann's Yeast, USA), FERMIOL™ (DSM Specialties), GERT STRAND™ (Gert Strand AB, Sweden), and SUPERSTART™ and THERMOSACC™ fresh yeast (Ethanol Technology, Wl, USA).
In a preferred aspect, the fermenting microorganism has been genetically modified to provide the ability to ferment pentose sugars, such as xylose utilizing, arabinose utilizing, and xylose and arabinose co-utilizing microorganisms.
The cloning of heterologous genes into various fermenting microorganisms has led to the construction of organisms capable of converting hexoses and pentoses to ethanol (co- fermentation) (Chen and Ho, 1993, Cloning and improving the expression of Pichia stipitis xylose reductase gene in Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 39-40: 135- 147; Ho et a/., 1998, Genetically engineered Saccharomyces yeast capable of effectively cofermenting glucose and xylose, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64: 1852-1859; Kotter and Ciriacy, 1993, Xylose fermentation by Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 38: 776- 783; Walfridsson et a/. , 1995, Xylose-metabolizing Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains overexpressing the TKL1 and TAL1 genes encoding the pentose phosphate pathway enzymes transketolase and transaldolase, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 61 : 4184-4190; Kuyper e/ a/., 2004, Minimal metabolic engineering of Saccharomyces cerevisiae for efficient anaerobic xylose fermentation: a proof of principle, FEMS Yeast Research 4: 655-664; Beall et a/. , 1991 , Parametric studies of ethanol production from xylose and other sugars by recombinant Escherichia coli, Biotech. Bioeng. 38: 296-303; Ingram et a/., 1998, Metabolic engineering of bacteria for ethanol production, Biotechnol. Bioeng. 58: 204-214; Zhang et al., 1995, Metabolic engineering of a pentose metabolism pathway in ethanologenic Zymomonas mobilis, Science 267: 240-243; Deanda et a/., 1996, Development of an arabinose-fermenting Zymomonas mobilis strain by metabolic pathway engineering, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 62: 4465-4470; WO 2003/062430, xylose isomerase).
In a preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Candida sonorensis. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Escherichia coli. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Klebsiella oxytoca. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Kluyveromyces marxianus. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Saccharomyces cerevisiae. In another preferred aspect, the genetically modified fermenting microorganism is Zymomonas mobilis.
It is well known in the art that the organisms described above can also be used to produce other substances, as described herein.
The fermenting microorganism is typically added to the degraded cellulosic material or hydrolysate and the fermentation is performed for about 8 to about 96 hours, e.g., about 24 to about 60 hours. The temperature is typically between about 26°C to about 60°C, e.g., about 32°C or 50°C, and about pH 3 to about pH 8, e.g., pH 4-5, 6, or 7.
In one aspect, the yeast and/or another microorganism are applied to the degraded cellulosic material and the fermentation is performed for about 12 to about 96 hours, such as typically 24-60 hours. In another aspect, the temperature is preferably between about 20°C to about 60°C, e.g., about 25°C to about 50°C, about 32°C to about 50°C, or about 32°C to about 50°C, and the pH is generally from about pH 3 to about pH 7, e.g., about pH 4 to about pH 7. However, some fermenting organisms, e.g., bacteria, have higher fermentation temperature optima. Yeast or another microorganism is preferably applied in amounts of approximately 105 to 1012, preferably from approximately 107 to 1010, especially approximately 2 x 108 viable cell count per ml of fermentation broth. Further guidance in respect of using yeast for fermentation can be found in, e.g., "The Alcohol Textbook" (Editors K. Jacques, T.P. Lyons and D.R. Kelsall, Nottingham University Press, United Kingdom 1999), which is hereby incorporated by reference.
A fermentation stimulator can be used in combination with any of the processes described herein to further improve the fermentation process, and in particular, the performance of the fermenting microorganism, such as, rate enhancement and ethanol yield. A "fermentation stimulator" refers to stimulators for growth of the fermenting microorganisms, in particular, yeast. Preferred fermentation stimulators for growth include vitamins and minerals. .Examples of vitamins include multivitamins, biotin, pantothenate, nicotinic acid, meso-inositol, thiamine, pyridoxine, para-aminobenzoic acid, folic acid, riboflavin, and Vitamins A, B, C, D, and E. See, for example, Alfenore et a/. , Improving ethanol production and viability of Saccharomyces cerevisiae by a vitamin feeding strategy during fed-batch process, Springer-Verlag (2002), which is hereby incorporated by reference. Examples of minerals include minerals and mineral salts that can supply nutrients comprising P, K, Mg, S, Ca, Fe, Zn, Mn, and Cu.
Fermentation products: A fermentation product can be any substance derived from the fermentation. The fermentation product can be, without limitation, an alcohol (e.g., arabinitol, n- butanol, isobutanol, ethanol, glycerol, methanol, ethylene glycol, 1 ,3-propanediol [propylene glycol], butanediol, glycerin, sorbitol, and xylitol); an alkane (e.g., pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, and dodecane), a cycloalkane (e.g., cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, and cyclooctane), an alkene (e.g. pentene, hexene, heptene, and octene); an amino acid (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glycine, lysine, serine, and threonine); a gas (e.g., methane, hydrogen (H2), carbon dioxide (C02), and carbon monoxide (CO)); isoprene; a ketone (e.g., acetone); an organic acid (e.g., acetic acid, acetonic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, citric acid, 2,5-diketo-D-gluconic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, glucaric acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutaric acid, 3-hydroxypropionic acid, itaconic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, oxalic acid, oxaloacetic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, and xylonic acid); and polyketide. The fermentation product can also be protein as a high value product.
In a preferred aspect, the fermentation product is an alcohol. It will be understood that the term "alcohol" encompasses a substance that contains one or more hydroxyl moieties. In a more preferred aspect, the alcohol is n-butanol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is isobutanol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is ethanol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is methanol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is arabinitol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is butanediol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is ethylene glycol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is glycerin. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is glycerol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is 1 ,3-propanediol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is sorbitol. In another more preferred aspect, the alcohol is xylitol. See, for example, Gong, C. S., Cao, N. J., Du, J., and Tsao, G. T., 1999, Ethanol production from renewable resources, in /Advances in Biochemical Engineering/Biotechnology, Scheper, T., ed., Springer- erlag Berlin Heidelberg, Germany, 65: 207-241 ; Silveira, M. M., and Jonas, R., 2002, The biotechnological production of sorbitol, Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 59: 400-408; Nigam, P., and Singh, D., 1995, Processes for fermentative production of xylitol - a sugar substitute, Process Biochemistry 30 (2): 1 17-124; Ezeji, T. C, Qureshi, N. and Blaschek, H. P., 2003, Production of acetone, butanol and ethanol by Clostridium beijehnckii BA101 and in situ recovery by gas stripping, World Journal of Microbiology and Biotechnology 19 (6): 595-603.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is an alkane. The alkane can be an unbranched or a branched alkane. In another more preferred aspect, the alkane is pentane. In another more preferred aspect, the alkane is hexane. In another more preferred aspect, the alkane is heptane. In another more preferred aspect, the alkane is octane. In another more preferred aspect, the alkane is nonane. In another more preferred aspect, the alkane is decane. In another more preferred aspect, the alkane is undecane. In another more preferred aspect, the alkane is dodecane.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is a cycloalkane. In another more preferred aspect, the cycloalkane is cyclopentane. In another more preferred aspect, the cycloalkane is cyclohexane. In another more preferred aspect, the cycloalkane is cycloheptane. In another more preferred aspect, the cycloalkane is cyclooctane.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is an alkene. The alkene can be an unbranched or a branched alkene. In another more preferred aspect, the alkene is pentene. In another more preferred aspect, the alkene is hexene. In another more preferred aspect, the alkene is heptene. In another more preferred aspect, the alkene is octene.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is an amino acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is aspartic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the amino acid is glutamic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the amino acid is glycine. In another more preferred aspect, the amino acid is lysine. In another more preferred aspect, the amino acid is serine. In another more preferred aspect, the amino acid is threonine. See, for example, Richard, A., and Margaritis, A., 2004, Empirical modeling of batch fermentation kinetics for poly(glutamic acid) production and other microbial biopolymers, Biotechnology and Bioengineering 87 (4): 501 -515.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is a gas. In another more preferred aspect, the gas is methane. In another more preferred aspect, the gas is H2. In another more preferred aspect, the gas is C02. In another more preferred aspect, the gas is CO. See, for example, Kataoka, N., A. Miya, and K. Kiriyama, 1997, Studies on hydrogen production by continuous culture system of hydrogen-producing anaerobic bacteria, Water Science and Technology 36 (6-7): 41-47; and Gunaseelan V.N. in Biomass and Bioenergy, Vol. 13 (1-2), pp. 83-1 14, 1997, Anaerobic digestion of biomass for methane production: A review.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is isoprene.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is a ketone. It will be understood that the term "ketone" encompasses a substance that contains one or more ketone moieties. In another more preferred aspect, the ketone is acetone. See, for example, Qureshi and Blaschek, 2003, supra.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is an organic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is acetic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is acetonic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is adipic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is ascorbic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is citric acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is 2,5- diketo-D-gluconic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is formic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is fumaric acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is glucaric acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is gluconic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is glucuronic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is glutaric acid. In another preferred aspect, the organic acid is 3-hydroxypropionic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is itaconic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is lactic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is malic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is malonic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is oxalic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is propionic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is succinic acid. In another more preferred aspect, the organic acid is xylonic acid. See, for example, Chen, R., and Lee, Y. Y., 1997, Membrane-mediated extractive fermentation for lactic acid production from cellulosic biomass, Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 63-65: 435-448.
In another preferred aspect, the fermentation product is polyketide.
Recovery. The fermentation product(s) can be optionally recovered from the fermentation medium using any method known in the art including, but not limited to, chromatography, electrophoretic procedures, differential solubility, distillation, or extraction. For example, alcohol is separated from the fermented cellulosic material and purified by conventional methods of distillation. Ethanol with a purity of up to about 96 vol.% can be obtained, which can be used as, for example, fuel ethanol, drinking ethanol, i.e. , potable neutral spirits, or industrial ethanol.
The present invention is further described by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention.
Examples
Example 1 : Effect of sodium bisulfite on hydrolysis/saccharification of pretreated PCS
The effect of sodium bisulfite on the cellulolytic activity of a cellulase composition was evaluated according to the procedures described below.
A Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition (CELLUCLAST® in the presence of 10% of total protein weight Aspergillus fumigatus beta-glucosidase (WO 2005/047499) available from Novozymes A/S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark) was used as the cellulase preparation. The cellulase preparation is designated herein in the Examples as "Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition".
Corn stover was pretreated at the U.S. Department of Energy National Renewable
Energy Laboratory (NREL) with dilute sulfuric acid at conditions of 190°C, 1 minute residence time, 0.05 g acid/g dry biomass, and at a 30% total solid concentration. The water-insoluble solids in the pretreated corn stover (PCS) contained 52.93% cellulose, 2.43% hemicellulose and 31 .77% lignin. Cellulose and hemicelluloses in PCS were determined by a two-stage sulfuric acid hydrolysis with subsequent analysis of sugars by high performance liquid chromatography using NREL Standard Analytical Procedure #002. Lignin was determined gravimetrically after hydrolyzing the cellulose and hemicellulose fractions with sulfuric acid using NREL Standard Analytical Procedure #003. See http://www.nrel.gov/biomass/analytical_procedures.html.
Pretreated PCS of 2 g dry weight was added to a 125 ml flask, and deionized water was added to get a hydrolysis system of a total weight of 20 g. The pH of the hydrolysis system was adjusted to 5.0 by using 10 M sodium hydroxide, followed by loading in 50 mM sodium citric acid buffer. The Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition was added into the hydrolysis system as control at a ratio of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition to cellulose of 1 % (w/w). The effects of NaHS03, GH61 polypeptide and the combination thereof, respectively, were evaluated based on the control. For NaHS03, NaHS03 was added to the hydrolysis system (control) at a final concentration of 0.104% (w/w). For GH61 polypeptide, 10% of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition based on protein weight was replaced by GH61A polypeptide from Thermoascus aurantiacus (SEQ ID NO: 13 [genomic DNA sequence] and SEQ ID NO: 14 [deduced amino acid sequence]). For the combination of NaHS03 and GH61 polypeptide, NaHS03 was added to the hydrolysis systemat a final concentration of 0.104% (w/w) and 10% of Tnchoderma reesei cellulase composition based on protein weight was replaced by a GH61A polypeptide from Thermoascus aurantiacus. The flasks were incubated at 50°C for 72 hours, with shaking at 130 rpm. All experiments were performed in triplicate. After hydrolysis was completed, the sugar was analyzed by High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC).
For HPLC measurement, the collected samples were filtered using 0.22 μηι syringe filters (Millipore, Bedford, MA, USA) and the filtrates were analyzed for sugar content as described below. The sugar concentrations of samples diluted in 0.005 M H2S04 were measured using a 7.8x300 mm AMINEX® HPX-87H column (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., Hercules, CA, USA) by elution with 0.005 M H2S04 at 65°C at a flow rate of 0.7 ml per minute, and quantification by integration of the glucose signal from refractive index detection (CHEMSTATION®, AGILENT® 1100 HPLC, Agilent Technologies, Santa Clara, CA, USA) calibrated by pure sugar samples. The resultant glucose was used to calculate the percentage of glucose yield from glucans for each reaction. Measured sugar concentrations were adjusted for the appropriate dilution factor. The net concentrations of enzymatically-produced sugars were determined by adjusting the measured sugar concentrations for corresponding background sugar concentrations in unwashed biomass at zero time point. All HPLC data processing was performed using MICROSOFT EXCEL™ software (Microsoft, Richland, WA, USA).
The degree of cellulose conversion to glucose was calculated according to the method published by Zhu, Y., et al. 2010, Bioresource Technology. 102(3): 2897-2903.
The conversion of pretreated PCS to glucose after 72-hour hydrolysis/saccharification was shown in Table 1 below.
Table 1. Effect of sodium bisulfite on glucose conversion of hydrolysis of PCS
Figure imgf000065_0001
As shown in Table 1 , when sodium bisulfite was added, pretreated PCS conversion to glucose was improved significantly. Furthermore, it was surprisingly found that, when sodium bisulfite and GH61 polypeptide were used simultaneously, the hydrolysis/saccharification was improved incredibly. Example 2: Synergy of GH61 and sodium bisulfite on hydrolysis of PCS by a Trichoderma reesei cellulase
The effect of varying levels of GH61A polypeptide from Thermoascus aurantiacus and sodium bisulfite with different concentration on the cellulolytic activity of the Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition was evaluated according to the procedures described in Example 1. The Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition was added to the hydrolysis system as control at a ratio of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition to cellulose of 1 % (w/w).
The conversion of pretreated PCS to glucose after 72-hour hydrolysis was shown in Table 2 below.
Table 2. Synergy of GH61 polypeptide and sodium bisulfite on glucose conversion
of hydrolysis of PCS
Figure imgf000066_0001
As observed in the Example, there is an obvious synergy between GH61 polypeptide and sodium bisulfite on hydrolysis of PCS by the Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition. The best combination is 10% GH61 polypeptide and 0.104% NaHS03.
Example 3: Effect of sulfur-containing reducing agents on hydrolysis of PCS by a Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition
The effect of sulfur-containing reducing agents (sodium sulfite, sodium bisulfite, sodium thiosulphate and sodium metabislufite) on hydrolysis of pretreated PCS was evaluated according to the procedures described in Example 1 . The Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition was added to the hydrolysis system as control at a ratio of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition to cellulose of 0.5% (w/w).
The effects of each reducing agent, GH61 polypeptide and the combination thereof were evaluated based on the control, respectively. For Na2S03, a final concentration of 0.126% (w/w) was added to hydrolysis system. For NaHS03, a final concentration of 0.104% (w/w) was added to the hydrolysis system. For Na2S203-5H20, the final concentration of 0.248% (w/w) was added to the hydrolysis system. For Na2S205, a final concentration of 0.190% (w/w) was added into hydrolysis system. For GH61 , 10% of Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition replaced by GH61 A polypeptide from Penicillium sp. (SEQ ID NO: 35 [genomic DNA sequence] and SEQ ID NO: 36 [deduced amino acid sequence], also disclosed in WO2011/041397) based on protein weight was added. For the combination of reducing agents and GH61 , each reducing agent with its respective final concentration was added to the hydrolysis system which was added with 10% (by protein weight) Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition replaced by the GH61A polypeptide Penicillium sp. The flasks were incubated at 50°C for 72 hours, with shaking at 130 rpm. All procedure about data analysis was identical to Example 1.
The conversion of pretreated PCS to glucose after 72-hour hydrolysis was shown in
Table 3 below.
Table 3. Effect of each sulfur-contaning reducing agents on hydrolysis of pretreated PCS.
Figure imgf000067_0001
As shown in Table 3, the presence of sodium sulfite and sodium bisulfite enhanced the hydrolysis of PCS by the Trichoderma reesei cellulase composition. With the combination of GH61 polypeptide, all tested reducing agents gave synergetic results. The largest enhancement of hydrolysis was achieved in the presence of sodium bisulfite and GH61 polypeptide.
The present invention is further described by the following numbered paragraphs:
[1] A method for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, comprising treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
[2] The method of paragraph 1 , wherein the reducing agent is selected from a sulfur- containing reducing agent, and a hydride.
[3] The method of paragraph 2, wherein the sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide.
[4] The method of paragraph 3, wherein the sulfhydryl reagent is selected from dithiothreitol.
[5] The method of paragraph 3, wherein the sulfur oxyanion is selected from sulfur(IV) oxyanion, sulfur(lll) oxyanion, sulfur(ll) oxyanion, and thiosulfate (S203 2~).
[6] The method of paragraph 5, wherein the sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, bisulfite, sulphite; sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite.
[7] The method of paragraph 6, wherein sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from potassium metabisulfite (K2S205), sodium metabisulfite (Na2S205), sodium bisulfite (NaHS03), sodium sulfite (Na2S03).
[8] The method of paragraph 2, wherein the hydride is selected from hydrogen hydride (H2S), sodium borohydrid (NaBH4), and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH3).
[9] The method of any of paragraphs 1-8, wherein a final concentration of the reducing agent in the treatment system is 0.001 %-3% (w/w), preferably 0.01 %-1 % (w/w), more preferably 0.05%-0.5% (w/w).
[10] The method of any of paragraphs 1-9, wherein an initiative concentration of the dry weight of the cellulosic material in the treatment system is 1 %-30% (w/w), preferably 5%-25% (w/w), more preferably 10%-20% (w/w) dry weight of cellulosic material /total weight of treatment.
[1 1] The method of any of paragraphs 1 -10, wherein the cellulosic material is pretreated.
[12] The method of paragraph 1 1 , wherein the cellulosic material is unwashed.
[13] The method of any of paragraphs 1 -12, comprising
(a) pretreating the cellulosic material with a chemical pretreatment; and
(b) saccharifying the pretreated cellulosic material with an enzyme composition; wherein step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
[14] The method of paragraph 13, wherein the chemical pretreatment is selected from dilute acid pretreatment, lime pretreatment, wet oxidation, ammonia fiber/freeze explosion (AFEX), ammonia percolation (APR), ionic liquid, and organosolv pretreatment.
[15] The method of any of paragraphs 1-14, wherein the enzyme composition comprises one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
[16] The method paragraph 15, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motifs:
[ILMV]-P-X(4,5)-G-X-Y-[ILMV]-X-R-X-[EQ]-X(4)-[HNQ] (SEQ ID NO: 213 or SEQ ID NO: 214) and [FW]-[TF]-K-[AIV],
wherein X is any amino acid, X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions, and X(4) is any amino acid at 4 contiguous positions.
[17] The method of paragraph 16, wherein the GH61 polypeptide further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216),
[EQ]-X-Y-X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217), or
H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216) and [EQ]-X-Y- X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217),
wherein X is any amino acid, X(1 ,2) is any amino acid at 1 position or 2 contiguous positions, X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions, and X(2) is any amino acid at 2 contiguous positions.
[18] The method of paragraph 15, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motif:
[ILMV]-P-X(4,5)-G-X-Y-[ILMV]-X-R-X-[EQ]-X(3)-A-[HNQ] (SEQ ID NO: 218 or SEQ ID NO: 219),
wherein X is any amino acid, X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions, and X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions.
[19] The method of paragraph 15, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[20] The method of paragraph 19, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[21] The method of paragraph 19, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[22] The method of any of paragraphs 19-21 , wherein the mature polypeptide is amino acids 20 to 326 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 18 to 239 of SEQ ID NO: 4, amino acids 20 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 6, amino acids 19 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 8, amino acids 20 to 304 of SEQ ID NO: 10, amino acids 16 to 317 of SEQ ID NO: 12, amino acids 22 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 14, amino acids 20 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 16, amino acids 18 to 232 of SEQ ID NO: 18, amino acids
16 to 235 of SEQ ID NO: 20, amino acids 19 to 323 of SEQ ID NO: 22, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 24, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 26, amino acids 22 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 28, amino acids 22 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 30, or amino acids 22 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 32, amino acids 24 to 444 of SEQ ID NO: 34, amino acids 26 to 253 of SEQ ID NO: 36, amino acids 20 to 223 of SEQ ID NO: 38, amino acids 18 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 40, amino acids 20 to 334 of SEQ ID NO: 42, amino acids 18 to 227 of SEQ ID NO: 44, amino acids 22 to 368 of SEQ ID NO: 46, amino acids 25 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 48, amino acids 17 to 236 of SEQ ID NO: 50, amino acids 19 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 52, amino acids 23 to 478 of SEQ ID NO: 54, amino acids
17 to 230 of SEQ ID NO: 56, amino acids 20 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 58, amino acids 23 to 251 of SEQ ID NO: 60, amino acids 19 to 349 of SEQ ID NO: 62, amino acids 24 to 436 of SEQ ID NO: 64, amino acids 21 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 134, 21 to 389 of SEQ ID NO: 136, amino acids 22 to 406 of SEQ ID NO: 138, amino acids 20 to 427 of SEQ ID NO: 140, amino acids 18 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 142, amino acids 21 to 273 of SEQ ID NO: 144, amino acids 21 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 146, amino acids 18 to 234 of SEQ ID NO: 148, amino acids 24 to 233 of SEQ ID NO: 150, amino acids 17 to 237 of SEQ ID NO: 152, amino acids 20 to 484 of SEQ ID NO: 154, or amino acids 22 to 320 of SEQ ID NO: 156, amino acids 18 to 227 of SEQ ID NO: 158, amino acids 17 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 160, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 162, amino acids 28 to 265 of SEQ ID NO: 164, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 166, amino acids 21 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 168, amino acids 22 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 170, amino acids 16 to 237 of SEQ ID NO: 172, amino acids 20 to 234 of SEQ ID NO: 174, amino acids 18 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 176, amino acids 17 to 231 of SEQ ID NO: 178, amino acids 22 to 248 of SEQ ID NO: 180, amino acids 18 to 233 of SEQ ID NO: 182, amino acids 21 to 243 of SEQ ID NO: 184, amino acids 21 to 363 of SEQ ID NO: 186, amino acids 20 to 296 of SEQ ID NO: 188, amino acids 16 to 318 of SEQ ID NO: 190, amino acids 19 to 259 of SEQ ID NO: 192, amino acids 20 to 325 of SEQ ID NO: 194, amino acids 19 to 298 of SEQ ID NO: 196, amino acids 20 to 298 of SEQ ID NO: 198, amino acids 22 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 200, amino acids 20 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 202, amino acids 19 to 216 of SEQ ID NO: 204, amino acids 18 to 490 of SEQ ID NO: 206, amino acids 21 to 306 of SEQ ID NO: 208, amino acids 22 to 339 of SEQ ID NO: 210, or amino acids 22 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 212.
[23] The method of paragraph 15, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (ii) the genomic DNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 9, 1 1 , 15, 145, 147, or 149, or the cDNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 13, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 151 , 153, 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (iii) a subsequence of (i) or (ii), or (iv) a full- length complement of (i), (ii), or (iii).
[24] The method of paragraph 23, wherein the mature polypeptide coding sequence is nucleotides 388 to 1332 of SEQ ID NO: 1 , nucleotides 98 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 3, nucleotides 126 to 978 of SEQ ID NO: 5, nucleotides 55 to 678 of SEQ ID NO: 7, nucleotides 58 to 912 of SEQ ID NO: 9, nucleotides 46 to 951 of SEQ ID NO: 1 1 , nucleotides 64 to 796 of SEQ ID NO: 13, nucleotides 77 to 766 of SEQ ID NO: 15, nucleotides 52 to 921 of SEQ ID NO: 17, nucleotides 46 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 19, nucleotides 55 to 1239 of SEQ ID NO: 21 , nucleotides 46 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 23, nucleotides 58 to 81 1 of SEQ ID NO: 25, nucleotides 64 to 1 112 of SEQ ID NO: 27, nucleotides 64 to 859 of SEQ ID NO: 29, nucleotides 64 to 1018 of SEQ ID NO: 31 , nucleotides 70 to 1483 of SEQ ID NO: 33, nucleotides 76 to 832 of SEQ ID NO: 35, nucleotides 58 to 974 of SEQ ID NO: 37, nucleotides 52 to 875 of SEQ ID NO: 39, nucleotides 58 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 41 , nucleotides 52 to 795 of SEQ ID NO: 43, nucleotides 64 to 1 104 of SEQ ID NO: 45, nucleotides 73 to 990 of SEQ ID NO: 47, nucleotides 49 to 1218 of SEQ ID NO: 49, nucleotides 55 to 930 of SEQ ID NO: 51 , nucleotides 67 to 1581 of SEQ ID NO: 53, nucleotides 49 to 865 of SEQ ID NO: 55, nucleotides 58 to 1065 of SEQ ID NO: 57, nucleotides 67 to 868 of SEQ ID NO: 59, nucleotides 55 to 1099 of SEQ ID NO: 61 , nucleotides 70 to 1483 of SEQ ID NO: 63, nucleotides 61 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 133, nucleotides 61 to 1167 of SEQ ID NO: 135, nucleotides 64 to 1218 of SEQ ID NO: 137, nucleotides 58 to 1281 of SEQ ID NO: 139, nucleotides 52 to 801 of SEQ ID NO: 141 , nucleotides 61 to 819 of SEQ ID NO: 143, nucleotides 61 to 966 of SEQ ID NO: 145, nucleotides 52 to 702 of SEQ ID NO: 147, nucleotides 70 to 699 of SEQ ID NO: 149, nucleotides 49 to 71 1 of SEQ ID NO: 151 , nucleotides 76 to 1452 of SEQ ID NO: 153, nucleotides 64 to 1018 of SEQ ID NO: 155, nucleotides 52 to 818 of SEQ ID NO: 157, nucleotides 49 to 1 117 of SEQ ID NO: 159, nucleotides 58 to 875 of SEQ ID NO: 161 , nucleotides 82 to 1064 of SEQ ID NO: 163, nucleotides 46 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 165, nucleotides 61 to 1062 of SEQ ID NO: 167, nucleotides 64 to 801 of SEQ ID NO: 169, nucleotides 46 to 840 of SEQ ID NO: 171 , nucleotides 58 to 702 of SEQ ID NO: 173, nucleotides 52 to 750 of SEQ ID NO: 175, nucleotides 49 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 177, nucleotides 64 to 860 of SEQ ID NO: 179, nucleotides 52 to 830 of SEQ ID NO: 181 , nucleotides 61 to 925 of SEQ ID NO: 183, nucleotides 61 to 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 185, nucleotides 58 to 1083 of SEQ ID NO: 187, nucleotides 46 to 1029 of SEQ ID NO: 189, nucleotides 55 to 1 1 10 of SEQ ID NO: 191 , nucleotides 58 to 1 100 of SEQ ID NO: 193, nucleotides 55 to 1036 of SEQ ID NO: 195, nucleotides 58 to 1022 of SEQ ID NO: 197, nucleotides 64 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 199, nucleotides 58 to 1054 of SEQ ID NO: 201 , nucleotides 55 to 769 of SEQ ID NO: 203, nucleotides 52 to 1533 of SEQ ID NO: 205, nucleotides 61 to 918 of SEQ ID NO: 207, nucleotides 64 to 1 089 of SEQ ID NO: 209, or nucleotides 64 to 1086 of SEQ ID NO: 21 1.
[25] The method of paragraph 15, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[26] The method of paragraph 15, the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g., several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof. [27] The method of paragraph 15, wherein the cellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta- glucosidase.
[28] The method of paragraph 15, wherein the hemicellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a xylanase, an acetylxylan esterase, a feruloyi esterase, an arabinofuranosidase, a xylosidase, and a glucuronidase.
[29] The method of any of paragraphs 1-18, wherein the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
[30] The method of any of paragraphs 1 -29, wherein the enzyme composition and the reducing agent are added simultaneously.
[31]The method of any of paragraphs 1-30, further comprising recovering the degraded or converted cellulosic material.
[32] The method of paragraph 31 , wherein the degraded cellulosic material is a sugar.
[33] The method of paragraph 32, wherein the sugar is selected from the group consisting of glucose, xylose, mannose, galactose, and arabinose.
[34] A method for producing a fermentation product, comprising:
(a) saccharifying a cellulosic material with an enzyme composition;
(b) fermenting the saccharified cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms to produce the fermentation product; and optionally
(c) recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation;
wherein step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
[35] The method of paragraph 34, wherein the reducing agent is selected from a sulfur- containing reducing agent, and a hydride.
[36] The method of paragraph 35, wherein the sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide.
[37] The method of paragraph 36, wherein the sulfhydryl reagent is selected from dithiothreitol.
[38] The method of paragraph 36, wherein the sulfur oxyanion is selected from sulfur(IV) oxyanion, sulfur(lll) oxyanion, sulfur(ll) oxyanion, and thiosulfate (S203 2~).
[39] The method of paragraph 38, wherein the sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, bisulfite, sulphite; sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite. [40] The method of paragraph 39, wherein sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from potassium metabisulfite (K2S205), sodium metabisulfite (Na2S205), sodium bisulfite (NaHS03), sodium sulfite (Na2S03).
[41] The method of paragraph 35, wherein the hydride is selected from hydrogen hydride (H2S), sodium borohydrid (NaBH4), and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH3).
[42] The method of any of paragraphs 34-41 , wherein a final concentration of the reducing agent in the saccharification and/or fermentation system is 0.001 %-3% (w/w), preferably 0.01 %-1 % (w/w), more preferably 0.05%-0.5% (w/w).
[43] The method of any of paragraphs 34-42, wherein an initial concentration of the dry weight of the cellulosic material in the treatment system is 1 %-30% (w/w), preferably 5%-25% (w/w), more preferably 10%-20% (w/w) dry weight of the cellulosic material / total weight of the saccharification and/or fermentation system.
[44] The method of any of paragraphs 34-43, wherein the cellulosic material is pretreated.
[45] The method of paragraph 44, wherein the cellulosic material is pretreated with a chemical pretreatment.
[46] The method of paragraph 45, wherein the chemical pretreatment is selected from dilute acid pretreatment, lime pretreatment, wet oxidation, ammonia fiber/freeze explosion (AFEX), ammonia percolation (APR), ionic liquid, and organosolv pretreatment.
[47] The method of paragraph 44, wherein the cellulosic material is unwashed.
[48] The method of any of paragraphs 34-47, wherein the enzyme composition comprises one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
[49] The method of paragraph 48, wherein the cellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta- glucosidase.
[50] The method of paragraph 48, wherein the hemicellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a xylanase, an acetylxylan esterase, a feruloyl esterase, an arabinofuranosidase, a xylosidase, and a glucuronidase.
[51] The method of any of paragraphs 34-50, wherein the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin. [52] The method of paragraph 51 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motifs:
[ILMV]-P-X(4,5)-G-X-Y-[ILMV]-X-R-X-[EQ]-X(4)-[HNQ] (SEQ ID NO: 213 or SEQ ID NO:
214) and [FW]-[TF]-K-[AIV],
wherein X is any amino acid, X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions, and
X(4) is any amino acid at 4 contiguous positions.
[53] The method of paragraph 52, wherein the GH61 polypeptide further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216),
[EQ]-X-Y-X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217), or
H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216) and [EQ]-X-Y-
X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217),
wherein X is any amino acid, X(1 ,2) is any amino acid at 1 position or 2 contiguous positions, X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions, and X(2) is any amino acid at 2 contiguous positions.
[54] The method of paragraph 51 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motif:
[ILMV]-P-X(4,5)-G-X-Y-[ILMV]-X-R-X-[EQ]-X(3)-A-[HNQ] (SEQ ID NO: 218 or SEQ ID NO: 219),
wherein X is any amino acid, X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions, and X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions.
[55] The method of paragraph 51 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[56] The method of paragraph 55, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%. [57] The method of paragraph 55, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[58] The method of any of paragraphs 55-57, the mature polypeptide is amino acids 20 to 326 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 18 to 239 of SEQ ID NO: 4, amino acids 20 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 6, amino acids 19 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 8, amino acids 20 to 304 of SEQ ID NO: 10, amino acids 16 to 317 of SEQ ID NO: 12, amino acids 22 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 14, amino acids 20 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 16, amino acids 18 to 232 of SEQ ID NO: 18, amino acids 16 to 235 of SEQ ID NO: 20, amino acids 19 to 323 of SEQ ID NO: 22, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 24, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 26, amino acids 22 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 28, amino acids 22 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 30, or amino acids 22 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 32, amino acids 24 to 444 of SEQ ID NO: 34, amino acids 26 to 253 of SEQ ID NO: 36, amino acids 20 to 223 of SEQ ID NO: 38, amino acids 18 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 40, amino acids 20 to 334 of SEQ ID NO: 42, amino acids 18 to 227 of SEQ ID NO: 44, amino acids 22 to 368 of SEQ ID NO: 46, amino acids 25 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 48, amino acids 17 to 236 of SEQ ID NO: 50, amino acids 19 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 52, amino acids 23 to 478 of SEQ ID NO: 54, amino acids 17 to 230 of SEQ ID NO: 56, amino acids 20 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 58, amino acids 23 to 251 of SEQ ID NO: 60, amino acids 19 to 349 of SEQ ID NO: 62, amino acids 24 to 436 of SEQ ID NO: 64, amino acids 21 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 134, 21 to 389 of SEQ ID NO: 136, amino acids 22 to 406 of SEQ ID NO: 138, amino acids 20 to 427 of SEQ ID NO: 140, amino acids 18 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 142, amino acids 21 to 273 of SEQ ID NO: 144, amino acids 21 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 146, amino acids 18 to 234 of SEQ ID NO: 148, amino acids 24 to 233 of SEQ ID NO: 150, amino acids 17 to 237 of SEQ ID NO: 152, amino acids 20 to 484 of SEQ ID NO: 154, or amino acids 22 to 320 of SEQ ID NO: 156, amino acids 18 to 227 of SEQ ID NO: 158, amino acids 17 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 160, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 162, amino acids 28 to 265 of SEQ ID NO: 164, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 166, amino acids 21 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 168, amino acids 22 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 170, amino acids 16 to 237 of SEQ ID NO: 172, amino acids 20 to 234 of SEQ ID NO: 174, amino acids 18 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 176, amino acids 17 to 231 of SEQ ID NO: 178, amino acids 22 to 248 of SEQ ID NO: 180, amino acids 18 to 233 of SEQ ID NO: 182, amino acids 21 to 243 of SEQ ID NO: 184, amino acids 21 to 363 of SEQ ID NO: 186, amino acids 20 to 296 of SEQ ID NO: 188, amino acids 16 to 318 of SEQ ID NO: 190, amino acids 19 to 259 of SEQ ID NO: 192, amino acids 20 to 325 of SEQ ID NO: 194, amino acids 19 to 298 of SEQ ID NO: 196, amino acids 20 to 298 of SEQ ID NO: 198, amino acids 22 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 200, amino acids 20 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 202, amino acids 19 to 216 of SEQ ID NO: 204, amino acids 18 to 490 of SEQ ID NO: 206, amino acids 21 to 306 of SEQ ID NO: 208, amino acids 22 to 339 of SEQ ID NO: 210, or amino acids 22 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 212.
[59] The method of paragraph 51 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (ii) the genomic DNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 9, 1 1 , 15, 145, 147, or 149, or the cDNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 13, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 151 , 153, 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (iii) a subsequence of (i) or (ii), or (iv) a full- length complement of (i), (ii), or (iii).
[60] The method of paragraph 59, wherein the mature polypeptide coding sequence is nucleotides 388 to 1332 of SEQ ID NO: 1 , nucleotides 98 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 3, nucleotides 126 to 978 of SEQ ID NO: 5, nucleotides 55 to 678 of SEQ ID NO: 7, nucleotides 58 to 912 of SEQ ID NO: 9, nucleotides 46 to 951 of SEQ ID NO: 1 1 , nucleotides 64 to 796 of SEQ ID NO: 13, nucleotides 77 to 766 of SEQ ID NO: 15, nucleotides 52 to 921 of SEQ ID NO: 17, nucleotides 46 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 19, nucleotides 55 to 1239 of SEQ ID NO: 21 , nucleotides 46 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 23, nucleotides 58 to 81 1 of SEQ ID NO: 25, nucleotides 64 to 1 112 of SEQ ID NO: 27, nucleotides 64 to 859 of SEQ ID NO: 29, nucleotides 64 to 1018 of SEQ ID NO: 31 , nucleotides 70 to 1483 of SEQ ID NO: 33, nucleotides 76 to 832 of SEQ ID NO: 35, nucleotides 58 to 974 of SEQ ID NO: 37, nucleotides 52 to 875 of SEQ ID NO: 39, nucleotides 58 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 41 , nucleotides 52 to 795 of SEQ ID NO: 43, nucleotides 64 to 1 104 of SEQ ID NO: 45, nucleotides 73 to 990 of SEQ ID NO: 47, nucleotides 49 to 1218 of SEQ ID NO: 49, nucleotides 55 to 930 of SEQ ID NO: 51 , nucleotides 67 to 1581 of SEQ ID NO: 53, nucleotides 49 to 865 of SEQ ID NO: 55, nucleotides 58 to 1065 of SEQ ID NO: 57, nucleotides 67 to 868 of SEQ ID NO: 59, nucleotides 55 to 1099 of SEQ ID NO: 61 , nucleotides 70 to 1483 of SEQ ID NO: 63, nucleotides 61 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 133, nucleotides 61 to 1167 of SEQ ID NO: 135, nucleotides 64 to 1218 of SEQ ID NO: 137, nucleotides 58 to 1281 of SEQ ID NO: 139, nucleotides 52 to 801 of SEQ ID NO: 141 , nucleotides 61 to 819 of SEQ ID NO: 143, nucleotides 61 to 966 of SEQ ID NO: 145, nucleotides 52 to 702 of SEQ ID NO: 147, nucleotides 70 to 699 of SEQ ID NO: 149, nucleotides 49 to 71 1 of SEQ ID NO: 151 , nucleotides 76 to 1452 of SEQ ID NO: 153, nucleotides 64 to 1018 of SEQ ID NO: 155, nucleotides 52 to 818 of SEQ ID NO: 157, nucleotides 49 to 1 117 of SEQ ID NO: 159, nucleotides 58 to 875 of SEQ ID NO: 161 , nucleotides 82 to 1064 of SEQ ID NO: 163, nucleotides 46 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 165, nucleotides 61 to 1062 of SEQ ID NO: 167, nucleotides 64 to 801 of SEQ ID NO: 169, nucleotides 46 to 840 of SEQ ID NO: 171 , nucleotides 58 to 702 of SEQ ID NO: 173, nucleotides 52 to 750 of SEQ ID NO: 175, nucleotides 49 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 177, nucleotides 64 to 860 of SEQ ID NO: 179, nucleotides 52 to 830 of SEQ ID NO: 181 , nucleotides 61 to 925 of SEQ ID NO: 183, nucleotides 61 to 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 185, nucleotides 58 to 1083 of SEQ ID NO: 187, nucleotides 46 to 1029 of SEQ ID NO: 189, nucleotides 55 to 1 1 10 of SEQ ID NO: 191 , nucleotides 58 to 1 100 of SEQ ID NO: 193, nucleotides 55 to 1036 of SEQ ID NO: 195, nucleotides 58 to 1022 of SEQ ID NO: 197, nucleotides 64 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 199, nucleotides 58 to 1054 of SEQ ID NO: 201 , nucleotides 55 to 769 of SEQ ID NO: 203, nucleotides 52 to 1533 of SEQ ID NO: 205, nucleotides 61 to 918 of SEQ ID NO: 207, nucleotides 64 to 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 209, or nucleotides 64 to 1086 of SEQ ID NO: 21 1.
[61] The method of paragraph 51 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[62] The method of paragraph 51 , the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g., several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
[63] The method of any of paragraphs 34-62, wherein the enzyme composition and the reducing agent are added simultaneously.
[64] The method of any of paragraphs 34-63, wherein steps (a) and (b) are performed simultaneously in a simultaneous saccharification and fermentation.
[65] The method of any of paragraphs 34-64, wherein the fermentation product is an alcohol, an alkane, a cycloalkane, an alkene, an amino acid, a gas, isoprene, a ketone, an organic acid, or polyketide.
[66] A method of fermenting a cellulosic material, comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
[67] The method of paragraph 66, wherein the reducing agent is selected from a sulfur- containing reducing agent, and a hydride.
[68] The method of paragraph 67, wherein the sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide.
[69] The method of paragraph 68, wherein the sulfhydryl reagent is selected from dithiothreitol.
[70] The method of paragraph 68, wherein the sulfur oxyanion is selected from sulfur(IV) oxyanion, sulfur(lll) oxyanion, sulfur(ll) oxyanion, and thiosulfate (S203 2~).
[71] The method of paragraph 70, wherein the sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, bisulfite, sulphite; sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite.
[72] The method of paragraph 71 , wherein sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from potassium metabisulfite (K2S205), sodium metabisulfite (Na2S205), sodium bisulfite (NaHS03), sodium sulfite (Na2S03).
[73] The method of paragraph 67, wherein the hydride is selected from hydrogen hydride (H2S), sodium borohydrid (NaBH4), and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH3).
[74] The method of any of paragraphs 66-73, wherein a final concentration of the reducing agent in the saccharification and/or fermentation system is 0.001 %-3% (w/w), preferably 0.01 %-1 % (w/w), more preferably 0.05%-0.5% (w/w).
[75] The method of any of paragraphs 66-74, wherein the fermenting of the cellulosic material produces a fermentation product.
[76] The method of any of paragraphs 66-75, further comprising recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation.
[77] The method of any of paragraphs 66-76, wherein the cellulosic material is pretreated before saccharification.
[78] The method of any of paragraphs 66-77, wherein the enzyme composition comprises one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
[79] The method of paragraph 78, wherein the cellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of an endoglucanase, a cellobiohydrolase, and a beta- glucosidase.
[80] The method of paragraph 78, wherein the hemicellulase is one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a xylanase, an acetylxylan esterase, a feruloyi esterase, an arabinofuranosidase, a xylosidase, and a glucuronidase.
[81] The method of any of paragraphs 66-78, wherein the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
[82] The method of paragraph 81 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motifs:
[ILMV]-P-X(4,5)-G-X-Y-[ILMV]-X-R-X-[EQ]-X(4)-[HNQ] (SEQ ID NO: 213 or SEQ ID NO:
214) and [FW]-[TF]-K-[AIV],
wherein X is any amino acid, X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions, and X(4) is any amino acid at 4 contiguous positions.
[83] The method of paragraph 82, wherein the GH61 polypeptide further comprises H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216),
[EQ]-X-Y-X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217), or
H-X(1 ,2)-G-P-X(3)-[YW]-[AILMV] (SEQ ID NO: 215 or SEQ ID NO: 216) and [EQ]-X-Y- X(2)-C-X-[EHQN]-[FILV]-X-[ILV] (SEQ ID NO: 217),
wherein X is any amino acid, X(1 ,2) is any amino acid at 1 position or 2 contiguous positions, X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions, and X(2) is any amino acid at 2 contiguous positions.
[84] The method of paragraph 81 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises the following motif:
[ILMV]-P-X(4,5)-G-X-Y-[ILMV]-X-R-X-[EQ]-X(3)-A-[HNQ] (SEQ ID NO: 218 or SEQ ID NO: 219),
wherein X is any amino acid, X(4,5) is any amino acid at 4 or 5 contiguous positions, and X(3) is any amino acid at 3 contiguous positions.
[85] The method of paragraph 81 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[86] The method of paragraph 85, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[87] The method of paragraph 85, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36 of at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[88] The method of any of paragraphs 85-87, the mature polypeptide is amino acids 20 to 326 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 18 to 239 of SEQ ID NO: 4, amino acids 20 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 6, amino acids 19 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 8, amino acids 20 to 304 of SEQ ID NO: 10, amino acids 16 to 317 of SEQ ID NO: 12, amino acids 22 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 14, amino acids 20 to 249 of SEQ ID NO: 16, amino acids 18 to 232 of SEQ ID NO: 18, amino acids 16 to 235 of SEQ ID NO: 20, amino acids 19 to 323 of SEQ ID NO: 22, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 24, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 26, amino acids 22 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 28, amino acids 22 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 30, or amino acids 22 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 32, amino acids 24 to 444 of SEQ ID NO: 34, amino acids 26 to 253 of SEQ ID NO: 36, amino acids 20 to 223 of SEQ ID NO: 38, amino acids 18 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 40, amino acids 20 to 334 of SEQ ID NO: 42, amino acids 18 to 227 of SEQ ID NO: 44, amino acids 22 to 368 of SEQ ID NO: 46, amino acids 25 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 48, amino acids 17 to 236 of SEQ ID NO: 50, amino acids 19 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 52, amino acids 23 to 478 of SEQ ID NO: 54, amino acids 17 to 230 of SEQ ID NO: 56, amino acids 20 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 58, amino acids 23 to 251 of SEQ ID NO: 60, amino acids 19 to 349 of SEQ ID NO: 62, amino acids 24 to 436 of SEQ ID NO: 64, amino acids 21 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 134, 21 to 389 of SEQ ID NO: 136, amino acids 22 to 406 of SEQ ID NO: 138, amino acids 20 to 427 of SEQ ID NO: 140, amino acids 18 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 142, amino acids 21 to 273 of SEQ ID NO: 144, amino acids 21 to 322 of SEQ ID NO: 146, amino acids 18 to 234 of SEQ ID NO: 148, amino acids 24 to 233 of SEQ ID NO: 150, amino acids 17 to 237 of SEQ ID NO: 152, amino acids 20 to 484 of SEQ ID NO: 154, or amino acids 22 to 320 of SEQ ID NO: 156, amino acids 18 to 227 of SEQ ID NO: 158, amino acids 17 to 257 of SEQ ID NO: 160, amino acids 20 to 246 of SEQ ID NO: 162, amino acids 28 to 265 of SEQ ID NO: 164, amino acids 16 to 310 of SEQ ID NO: 166, amino acids 21 to 354 of SEQ ID NO: 168, amino acids 22 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 170, amino acids 16 to 237 of SEQ ID NO: 172, amino acids 20 to 234 of SEQ ID NO: 174, amino acids 18 to 226 of SEQ ID NO: 176, amino acids 17 to 231 of SEQ ID NO: 178, amino acids 22 to 248 of SEQ ID NO: 180, amino acids 18 to 233 of SEQ ID NO: 182, amino acids 21 to 243 of SEQ ID NO: 184, amino acids 21 to 363 of SEQ ID NO: 186, amino acids 20 to 296 of SEQ ID NO: 188, amino acids 16 to 318 of SEQ ID NO: 190, amino acids 19 to 259 of SEQ ID NO: 192, amino acids 20 to 325 of SEQ ID NO: 194, amino acids 19 to 298 of SEQ ID NO: 196, amino acids 20 to 298 of SEQ ID NO: 198, amino acids 22 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 200, amino acids 20 to 330 of SEQ ID NO: 202, amino acids 19 to 216 of SEQ ID NO: 204, amino acids 18 to 490 of SEQ ID NO: 206, amino acids 21 to 306 of SEQ ID NO: 208, amino acids 22 to 339 of SEQ ID NO: 210, or amino acids 22 to 344 of SEQ ID NO: 212.
[89] The method of paragraph 81 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (ii) the genomic DNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 9, 1 1 , 15, 145, 147, or 149, or the cDNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 13, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 151 , 153, 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (iii) a subsequence of (i) or (ii), or (iv) a full- length complement of (i), (ii), or (iii).
[90] The method of paragraph 89, wherein the mature polypeptide coding sequence is nucleotides 388 to 1332 of SEQ ID NO: 1 , nucleotides 98 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 3, nucleotides 126 to 978 of SEQ ID NO: 5, nucleotides 55 to 678 of SEQ ID NO: 7, nucleotides 58 to 912 of SEQ ID NO: 9, nucleotides 46 to 951 of SEQ ID NO: 1 1 , nucleotides 64 to 796 of SEQ ID NO: 13, nucleotides 77 to 766 of SEQ ID NO: 15, nucleotides 52 to 921 of SEQ ID NO: 17, nucleotides 46 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 19, nucleotides 55 to 1239 of SEQ ID NO: 21 , nucleotides 46 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 23, nucleotides 58 to 81 1 of SEQ ID NO: 25, nucleotides 64 to 1 112 of SEQ ID NO: 27, nucleotides 64 to 859 of SEQ ID NO: 29, nucleotides 64 to 1018 of SEQ ID NO: 31 , nucleotides 70 to 1483 of SEQ ID NO: 33, nucleotides 76 to 832 of SEQ ID NO: 35, nucleotides 58 to 974 of SEQ ID NO: 37, nucleotides 52 to 875 of SEQ ID NO: 39, nucleotides 58 to 1250 of SEQ ID NO: 41 , nucleotides 52 to 795 of SEQ ID NO: 43, nucleotides 64 to 1 104 of SEQ ID NO: 45, nucleotides 73 to 990 of SEQ ID NO: 47, nucleotides 49 to 1218 of SEQ ID NO: 49, nucleotides 55 to 930 of SEQ ID NO: 51 , nucleotides 67 to 1581 of SEQ ID NO: 53, nucleotides 49 to 865 of SEQ ID NO: 55, nucleotides 58 to 1065 of SEQ ID NO: 57, nucleotides 67 to 868 of SEQ ID NO: 59, nucleotides 55 to 1099 of SEQ ID NO: 61 , nucleotides 70 to 1483 of SEQ ID NO: 63, nucleotides 61 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 133, nucleotides 61 to 1167 of SEQ ID NO: 135, nucleotides 64 to 1218 of SEQ ID NO: 137, nucleotides 58 to 1281 of SEQ ID NO: 139, nucleotides 52 to 801 of SEQ ID NO: 141 , nucleotides 61 to 819 of SEQ ID NO: 143, nucleotides 61 to 966 of SEQ ID NO: 145, nucleotides 52 to 702 of SEQ ID NO: 147, nucleotides 70 to 699 of SEQ ID NO: 149, nucleotides 49 to 71 1 of SEQ ID NO: 151 , nucleotides 76 to 1452 of SEQ ID NO: 153, nucleotides 64 to 1018 of SEQ ID NO: 155, nucleotides 52 to 818 of SEQ ID NO: 157, nucleotides 49 to 1 117 of SEQ ID NO: 159, nucleotides 58 to 875 of SEQ ID NO: 161 , nucleotides 82 to 1064 of SEQ ID NO: 163, nucleotides 46 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 165, nucleotides 61 to 1062 of SEQ ID NO: 167, nucleotides 64 to 801 of SEQ ID NO: 169, nucleotides 46 to 840 of SEQ ID NO: 171 , nucleotides 58 to 702 of SEQ ID NO: 173, nucleotides 52 to 750 of SEQ ID NO: 175, nucleotides 49 to 851 of SEQ ID NO: 177, nucleotides 64 to 860 of SEQ ID NO: 179, nucleotides 52 to 830 of SEQ ID NO: 181 , nucleotides 61 to 925 of SEQ ID NO: 183, nucleotides 61 to 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 185, nucleotides 58 to 1083 of SEQ ID NO: 187, nucleotides 46 to 1029 of SEQ ID NO: 189, nucleotides 55 to 1 1 10 of SEQ ID NO: 191 , nucleotides 58 to 1 100 of SEQ ID NO: 193, nucleotides 55 to 1036 of SEQ ID NO: 195, nucleotides 58 to 1022 of SEQ ID NO: 197, nucleotides 64 to 1032 of SEQ ID NO: 199, nucleotides 58 to 1054 of SEQ ID NO: 201 , nucleotides 55 to 769 of SEQ ID NO: 203, nucleotides 52 to 1533 of SEQ ID NO: 205, nucleotides 61 to 918 of SEQ ID NO: 207, nucleotides 64 to 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 209, or nucleotides 64 to 1086 of SEQ ID NO: 21 1.
[91] The method of paragraph 81 , wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%.
[92] The method of paragraph 81 , the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g., several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
[93] The method of any of paragraphs 66-92, wherein the enzyme composition and the reducing agent are added simultaneously.
[94] The method of any of paragraphs 66-93, wherein the fermentation product is an alcohol, an alkane, a cycloalkane, an alkene, an amino acid, a gas, isoprene, a ketone, an organic acid, or polyketide.
The invention described and claimed herein is not to be limited in scope by the specific aspects herein disclosed, since these aspects are intended as illustrations of several aspects of the invention. Any equivalent aspects are intended to be within the scope of this invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. In the case of conflict, the present disclosure including definitions will control.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A method for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, comprising treating the cellulosic material with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the reducing agent is selected from a sulfur-containing reducing agent, and a hydride; preferably, the sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide; more preferably, the sulfur oxyanion is selected from sulfur(IV) oxyanion, sulfur(lll) oxyanion, sulfur(ll) oxyanion, and thiosulfate (S203 2~); most preferably the sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, bisulfite, sulphite; sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite.
3. The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein a final concentration of the reducing agent in the treatment system is 0.001 %-3% (w/w), preferably 0.01 (w/w), more preferably 0.05%- 0.5 % (w/w). 4. The method of any of claims 1-3, wherein the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin. 5. The method of claim 4, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic is selected from the group consisting of:
(a) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2,
4. 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162,
164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%; (b) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (ii) the genomic DNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 9, 1 1 , 15, 145, 147, or 149, or the cDNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 13, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 151 , 153, 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (iii) a subsequence of (i) or (ii), or (iv) a full-length complement of (i), (ii), or (iii);
(c) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3,
5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%; and
(d) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g. , several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
6. A method for producing a fermentation product, comprising:
(a) saccharifying a cellulosic material with an enzyme composition;
(b) fermenting the saccharified cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms to produce the fermentation product; and optionally
(c) recovering the fermentation product from the fermentation;
wherein step (a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent; and/or step (b) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the reducing agent is selected from a sulfur-containing reducing agent, and a hydride; preferably, the sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide; more preferably, the sulfur oxyanion is selected from sulfur(IV) oxyanion, sulfur(lll) oxyanion, sulfur(ll) oxyanion, and thiosulfate (S203 2~); most preferably the sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, bisulfite, sulphite; sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite.
8. The method of claim 6 or 7, wherein a final concentration of the reducing agent in the treatment system is 0.001 %-3% (w/w), preferably 0.01 (w/w), more preferably 0.05%- 0.5% (w/w).
9. The method of any of claims 6-8, wherein the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is selected from the group consisting of:
(a) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2,
4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%;
(b) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (ii) the genomic DNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 9, 1 1 , 15, 145, 147, or 149, or the cDNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 13, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 151 , 153, 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (iii) a subsequence of (i) or (ii), or (iv) a full-length complement of (i), (ii), or (iii);
(c) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%; and
(d) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g. , several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
1 1 . A method of fermenting a cellulosic material, comprising: fermenting the cellulosic material with one or more fermenting microorganisms, wherein the cellulosic material is saccharified with an enzyme composition in the presence of a reducing agent.
12. The method of claim 1 1 , wherein the reducing agent is selected from a sulfur-containing reducing agent, and a hydride; preferably, the sulfur-containing reducing agent is selected from sulfur oxyanion, sulfur oxide, sulfhydryl reagent, sulphur (S), and sulfide; more preferably, the sulfur oxyanion is selected from sulfur(IV) oxyanion, sulfur(lll) oxyanion, sulfur(ll) oxyanion, and thiosulfate (S203 2~); most preferably the sulfur(IV) oxyanion is selected from metabisulfite, bisulfite, sulphite; sulfur(lll) oxyanion is dithionite.
13. The method of claim 1 1 or 12, wherein a final concentration of the reducing agent in the treatment system is 0.001 %-3% (w/w), preferably 0.01 %-1 % (w/w), more preferably 0.05%- 0.5% (w/w).
14. The method of any of claims 1 1 -13, wherein the fermenting of the cellulosic material produces a fermentation product.
15. The method of any of claims 1 1-14, wherein the enzyme composition comprises a GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and one or more enzymes selected from the group consisting of a cellulase, a hemicellulase, an esterase, an expansin, a laccase, a ligninolytic enzyme, a pectinase, a peroxidase, a protease, and a swollenin.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity is selected from the group consisting of:
(a) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which comprises an amino acid sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, or at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%;
(b) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridizes under at least very low stringency conditions, at least low stringency conditions, at least medium stringency conditions, at least medium-high stringency conditions, at least high stringency conditions, or at least very high stringency conditions with (i) the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (ii) the genomic DNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, 9, 1 1 , 15, 145, 147, or 149, or the cDNA sequence of the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 13, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 151 , 153, 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , (iii) a subsequence of (i) or (ii), or (iv) a full-length complement of (i), (ii), or (iii);
(c) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence that has a sequence identity to the mature polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 133, 135, 137, 139, 141 , 143, 145, 147, 149, 151 , 153, or 155, 157, 159, 161 , 163, 165, 167, 169, 171 , 173, 175, 177, 179, 181 , 183, or 185, 187, 189, 191 , 193, 195, 197, 199, 201 , 203, 205, 207, 209, or 21 1 , of at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 100%; or
(d) the GH61 polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity which is a variant comprising a substitution, deletion, and/or insertion at one or more (e.g. , several) positions of the mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 154, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170, 172, 174, 176, 178, 180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, or 212, or a homologous sequence thereof.
PCT/CN2013/071033 2012-01-29 2013-01-28 Methods for degrading or converting cellulosic material WO2013110242A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR112014016960A BR112014016960A2 (en) 2012-01-29 2013-01-28 methods for degrading or converting a cellulosic material, for producing a fermentation product, and for fermenting a cellulosic material
CN201380016122.3A CN104204213A (en) 2012-01-29 2013-01-28 Methods for degrading or converting cellulosic material
EP13741058.5A EP2807265A4 (en) 2012-01-29 2013-01-28 Methods for degrading or converting cellulosic material
US14/374,479 US20150010958A1 (en) 2012-01-29 2013-01-28 Methods for Degrading or Converting Cellulosic Material

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2012070737 2012-01-29
CNPCT/CN2012/070737 2012-01-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013110242A1 true WO2013110242A1 (en) 2013-08-01

Family

ID=48872881

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/071033 WO2013110242A1 (en) 2012-01-29 2013-01-28 Methods for degrading or converting cellulosic material

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2807265A4 (en)
BR (1) BR112014016960A2 (en)
WO (1) WO2013110242A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3052620A4 (en) * 2013-09-04 2017-01-25 Novozymes A/S Processes for increasing enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulosic material
US10081802B2 (en) 2013-07-29 2018-09-25 Danisco Us Inc. Variant Enzymes
US10759727B2 (en) 2016-02-19 2020-09-01 Intercontinental Great Brands Llc Processes to create multiple value streams from biomass sources
WO2023225459A2 (en) 2022-05-14 2023-11-23 Novozymes A/S Compositions and methods for preventing, treating, supressing and/or eliminating phytopathogenic infestations and infections

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010080532A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-07-15 Novozymes, Inc. Methods for increasing hydrolysis of cellulosic material in the presence of cellobiose dehydrogenase
WO2011080130A2 (en) * 2009-12-21 2011-07-07 Sekab E-Technology Ab In situ detoxification of fermentation inhibitors with reducing agents
WO2011080129A2 (en) * 2009-12-21 2011-07-07 Sekab E-Technology Ab Detoxification with reducing agents
WO2012019151A1 (en) * 2010-08-06 2012-02-09 Novozymes A/S Methods of degrading or hyrolyzing a polysaccharide
WO2012047139A1 (en) * 2010-10-06 2012-04-12 Sekab E-Technology Ab Enzymatic hydrolysis of lignocellulosic material in the presence of sulfite, dithionite and/or dithiothreitol

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090123979A1 (en) * 2007-11-01 2009-05-14 Novozymes, Inc. Methods of reducing the inhibitory effect of a tannin on the enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulosic material

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010080532A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-07-15 Novozymes, Inc. Methods for increasing hydrolysis of cellulosic material in the presence of cellobiose dehydrogenase
WO2011080130A2 (en) * 2009-12-21 2011-07-07 Sekab E-Technology Ab In situ detoxification of fermentation inhibitors with reducing agents
WO2011080129A2 (en) * 2009-12-21 2011-07-07 Sekab E-Technology Ab Detoxification with reducing agents
WO2012019151A1 (en) * 2010-08-06 2012-02-09 Novozymes A/S Methods of degrading or hyrolyzing a polysaccharide
WO2012047139A1 (en) * 2010-10-06 2012-04-12 Sekab E-Technology Ab Enzymatic hydrolysis of lignocellulosic material in the presence of sulfite, dithionite and/or dithiothreitol

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ALRIKSSON B. ET AL.: "Improving the fermentability of enzymatic hydrolysates of lignocellulose through chemical in-situ detoxification with reducing agents.", BIORESOURCE TECHNOLOGY., vol. 102, no. 2, January 2011 (2011-01-01), pages 1254 - 1263, XP028371547 *
See also references of EP2807265A4 *
SOUDHAM. V P. ET AL.: "Reducing agents improve enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulosic substrates in the presence of pretreatment liquid", JOURNAL OF BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 155, no. 2, 10 September 2011 (2011-09-10), pages 244 - 250, XP002661027 *

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10081802B2 (en) 2013-07-29 2018-09-25 Danisco Us Inc. Variant Enzymes
US10167460B2 (en) 2013-07-29 2019-01-01 Danisco Us Inc Variant enzymes
US10479983B2 (en) 2013-07-29 2019-11-19 Danisco Us Inc Variant enzymes
EP3052620A4 (en) * 2013-09-04 2017-01-25 Novozymes A/S Processes for increasing enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulosic material
US10759727B2 (en) 2016-02-19 2020-09-01 Intercontinental Great Brands Llc Processes to create multiple value streams from biomass sources
US11840500B2 (en) 2016-02-19 2023-12-12 Intercontinental Great Brands Llc Processes to create multiple value streams from biomass sources
WO2023225459A2 (en) 2022-05-14 2023-11-23 Novozymes A/S Compositions and methods for preventing, treating, supressing and/or eliminating phytopathogenic infestations and infections

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2807265A1 (en) 2014-12-03
EP2807265A4 (en) 2016-03-30
BR112014016960A2 (en) 2017-06-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10167491B2 (en) Methods for degrading or converting cellulosic material
US9677060B2 (en) Methods of increasing the cellulolytic enhancing activity of a polypeptide
US9932414B2 (en) Methods of pretreating cellulosic material with a family 61 polypeptide
EP2668265B1 (en) Novel glycoside hydrolases from thermophilic fungi
EP2622069B1 (en) Beta-glucosidase variants and polynucleotides encoding same
DK2668266T3 (en) POLYPEPTIDES WITH CELLOBIO HYDROASE ACTIVITY AND POLYNUCLEOTIDES CODING THEM
US9371551B2 (en) Methods for enhancing the degradation of cellulosic material with chitin binding proteins
EP2780449B1 (en) Polypeptides having beta-glucosidase activity, beta-xylosidase activity, or beta-glucosidase and beta-xylosidase activity and polynucleotides encoding same
EP2611901B1 (en) Polypeptides having beta-glucosidase activity, beta-xylosidase activity, or beta-glucosidase and beta-xylosidase activity and polynucleotides encoding same
WO2012021396A1 (en) Compositions comprising a polypeptide having cellulolytic enhancing activity and an organic compound and uses thereof
US20130260423A1 (en) Methods of Saccharifying Sugar Cane Trash
US8927235B2 (en) Methods of hydrolyzing oligomers in hemicellulosic liquor
US20140141471A1 (en) Methods for Enhancing the Degradation of Cellulosic Material with Chitin Binding Proteins
EP2588604A1 (en) Polypeptides having beta-glucosidase activity and polynucleotides encoding same
EP2807265A1 (en) Methods for degrading or converting cellulosic material
US20150010958A1 (en) Methods for Degrading or Converting Cellulosic Material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13741058

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013741058

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14374479

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112014016960

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112014016960

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20140709